1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.27. 
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead. 
   6 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,static
=1): 
   8         if isinstance(value
, class_type
): 
   9             self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
.this
 
  10             if hasattr(value
,"thisown"): self
.__dict
__["thisown"] = value
.thisown
 
  13     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_setmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  14     if method
: return method(self
,value
) 
  15     if (not static
) or hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
== "thisown"): 
  16         self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
 
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  20 def _swig_setattr(self
,class_type
,name
,value
): 
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,0) 
  23 def _swig_getattr(self
,class_type
,name
): 
  24     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_getmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  25     if method
: return method(self
) 
  26     raise AttributeError,name
 
  30     _object 
= types
.ObjectType
 
  32 except AttributeError: 
  38 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set): 
  39     def set_attr(self
,name
,value
): 
  40         if hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
in ("this", "thisown")): 
  43             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  47 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension 
  49 _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
(vars()) 
  51 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can 
  54 wx 
= _sys
.modules
[__name__
] 
  57 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  59 def _deprecated(callable, msg
=None): 
  61     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning 
  62     before calling the callable. 
  65         msg 
= "%s is deprecated" % callable 
  66     def deprecatedWrapper(*args
, **kwargs
): 
  68         warnings
.warn(msg
, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel
=2) 
  69         return callable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
  70     deprecatedWrapper
.__doc
__ = msg
 
  71     return deprecatedWrapper
 
  74 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  76 NOT_FOUND 
= _core_
.NOT_FOUND
 
  77 VSCROLL 
= _core_
.VSCROLL
 
  78 HSCROLL 
= _core_
.HSCROLL
 
  79 CAPTION 
= _core_
.CAPTION
 
  80 DOUBLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.DOUBLE_BORDER
 
  81 SUNKEN_BORDER 
= _core_
.SUNKEN_BORDER
 
  82 RAISED_BORDER 
= _core_
.RAISED_BORDER
 
  83 BORDER 
= _core_
.BORDER
 
  84 SIMPLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.SIMPLE_BORDER
 
  85 STATIC_BORDER 
= _core_
.STATIC_BORDER
 
  86 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
 
  87 NO_BORDER 
= _core_
.NO_BORDER
 
  88 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
 
  89 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
 
  90 TAB_TRAVERSAL 
= _core_
.TAB_TRAVERSAL
 
  91 WANTS_CHARS 
= _core_
.WANTS_CHARS
 
  92 POPUP_WINDOW 
= _core_
.POPUP_WINDOW
 
  93 CENTER_FRAME 
= _core_
.CENTER_FRAME
 
  94 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 
  95 CENTER_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 
  96 CLIP_CHILDREN 
= _core_
.CLIP_CHILDREN
 
  97 CLIP_SIBLINGS 
= _core_
.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 
  98 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB 
= _core_
.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 
  99 RETAINED 
= _core_
.RETAINED
 
 100 BACKINGSTORE 
= _core_
.BACKINGSTORE
 
 101 COLOURED 
= _core_
.COLOURED
 
 102 FIXED_LENGTH 
= _core_
.FIXED_LENGTH
 
 103 LB_NEEDED_SB 
= _core_
.LB_NEEDED_SB
 
 104 LB_ALWAYS_SB 
= _core_
.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 
 105 LB_SORT 
= _core_
.LB_SORT
 
 106 LB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.LB_SINGLE
 
 107 LB_MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.LB_MULTIPLE
 
 108 LB_EXTENDED 
= _core_
.LB_EXTENDED
 
 109 LB_OWNERDRAW 
= _core_
.LB_OWNERDRAW
 
 110 LB_HSCROLL 
= _core_
.LB_HSCROLL
 
 111 PROCESS_ENTER 
= _core_
.PROCESS_ENTER
 
 112 PASSWORD 
= _core_
.PASSWORD
 
 113 CB_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.CB_SIMPLE
 
 114 CB_DROPDOWN 
= _core_
.CB_DROPDOWN
 
 115 CB_SORT 
= _core_
.CB_SORT
 
 116 CB_READONLY 
= _core_
.CB_READONLY
 
 117 RA_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.RA_HORIZONTAL
 
 118 RA_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.RA_VERTICAL
 
 119 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 
 120 RA_SPECIFY_COLS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 
 121 RA_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 122 RB_GROUP 
= _core_
.RB_GROUP
 
 123 RB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.RB_SINGLE
 
 124 SB_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.SB_HORIZONTAL
 
 125 SB_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.SB_VERTICAL
 
 126 RB_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 127 ST_SIZEGRIP 
= _core_
.ST_SIZEGRIP
 
 128 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE 
= _core_
.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 
 129 FLOOD_SURFACE 
= _core_
.FLOOD_SURFACE
 
 130 FLOOD_BORDER 
= _core_
.FLOOD_BORDER
 
 131 ODDEVEN_RULE 
= _core_
.ODDEVEN_RULE
 
 132 WINDING_RULE 
= _core_
.WINDING_RULE
 
 133 TOOL_TOP 
= _core_
.TOOL_TOP
 
 134 TOOL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.TOOL_BOTTOM
 
 135 TOOL_LEFT 
= _core_
.TOOL_LEFT
 
 136 TOOL_RIGHT 
= _core_
.TOOL_RIGHT
 
 138 YES_NO 
= _core_
.YES_NO
 
 139 CANCEL 
= _core_
.CANCEL
 
 142 NO_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.NO_DEFAULT
 
 143 YES_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.YES_DEFAULT
 
 144 ICON_EXCLAMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 
 145 ICON_HAND 
= _core_
.ICON_HAND
 
 146 ICON_QUESTION 
= _core_
.ICON_QUESTION
 
 147 ICON_INFORMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_INFORMATION
 
 148 ICON_STOP 
= _core_
.ICON_STOP
 
 149 ICON_ASTERISK 
= _core_
.ICON_ASTERISK
 
 150 ICON_MASK 
= _core_
.ICON_MASK
 
 151 ICON_WARNING 
= _core_
.ICON_WARNING
 
 152 ICON_ERROR 
= _core_
.ICON_ERROR
 
 153 FORWARD 
= _core_
.FORWARD
 
 154 BACKWARD 
= _core_
.BACKWARD
 
 159 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 
 160 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 
 161 SIZE_AUTO 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO
 
 162 SIZE_USE_EXISTING 
= _core_
.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 
 163 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE 
= _core_
.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 
 164 SIZE_FORCE 
= _core_
.SIZE_FORCE
 
 165 PORTRAIT 
= _core_
.PORTRAIT
 
 166 LANDSCAPE 
= _core_
.LANDSCAPE
 
 167 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 
 168 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 
 169 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 
 170 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 
 171 ID_ANY 
= _core_
.ID_ANY
 
 172 ID_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ID_SEPARATOR
 
 173 ID_NONE 
= _core_
.ID_NONE
 
 174 ID_LOWEST 
= _core_
.ID_LOWEST
 
 175 ID_OPEN 
= _core_
.ID_OPEN
 
 176 ID_CLOSE 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE
 
 177 ID_NEW 
= _core_
.ID_NEW
 
 178 ID_SAVE 
= _core_
.ID_SAVE
 
 179 ID_SAVEAS 
= _core_
.ID_SAVEAS
 
 180 ID_REVERT 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT
 
 181 ID_EXIT 
= _core_
.ID_EXIT
 
 182 ID_UNDO 
= _core_
.ID_UNDO
 
 183 ID_REDO 
= _core_
.ID_REDO
 
 184 ID_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_HELP
 
 185 ID_PRINT 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT
 
 186 ID_PRINT_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 
 187 ID_PREVIEW 
= _core_
.ID_PREVIEW
 
 188 ID_ABOUT 
= _core_
.ID_ABOUT
 
 189 ID_HELP_CONTENTS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 
 190 ID_HELP_COMMANDS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 
 191 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 
 192 ID_HELP_CONTEXT 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 
 193 ID_CLOSE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 
 194 ID_PREFERENCES 
= _core_
.ID_PREFERENCES
 
 195 ID_CUT 
= _core_
.ID_CUT
 
 196 ID_COPY 
= _core_
.ID_COPY
 
 197 ID_PASTE 
= _core_
.ID_PASTE
 
 198 ID_CLEAR 
= _core_
.ID_CLEAR
 
 199 ID_FIND 
= _core_
.ID_FIND
 
 200 ID_DUPLICATE 
= _core_
.ID_DUPLICATE
 
 201 ID_SELECTALL 
= _core_
.ID_SELECTALL
 
 202 ID_DELETE 
= _core_
.ID_DELETE
 
 203 ID_REPLACE 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE
 
 204 ID_REPLACE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 
 205 ID_PROPERTIES 
= _core_
.ID_PROPERTIES
 
 206 ID_VIEW_DETAILS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 
 207 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 
 208 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 
 209 ID_VIEW_LIST 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LIST
 
 210 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 
 211 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 
 212 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 
 213 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 
 214 ID_FILE1 
= _core_
.ID_FILE1
 
 215 ID_FILE2 
= _core_
.ID_FILE2
 
 216 ID_FILE3 
= _core_
.ID_FILE3
 
 217 ID_FILE4 
= _core_
.ID_FILE4
 
 218 ID_FILE5 
= _core_
.ID_FILE5
 
 219 ID_FILE6 
= _core_
.ID_FILE6
 
 220 ID_FILE7 
= _core_
.ID_FILE7
 
 221 ID_FILE8 
= _core_
.ID_FILE8
 
 222 ID_FILE9 
= _core_
.ID_FILE9
 
 224 ID_CANCEL 
= _core_
.ID_CANCEL
 
 225 ID_APPLY 
= _core_
.ID_APPLY
 
 226 ID_YES 
= _core_
.ID_YES
 
 228 ID_STATIC 
= _core_
.ID_STATIC
 
 229 ID_FORWARD 
= _core_
.ID_FORWARD
 
 230 ID_BACKWARD 
= _core_
.ID_BACKWARD
 
 231 ID_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.ID_DEFAULT
 
 232 ID_MORE 
= _core_
.ID_MORE
 
 233 ID_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_SETUP
 
 234 ID_RESET 
= _core_
.ID_RESET
 
 235 ID_CONTEXT_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 
 236 ID_YESTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_YESTOALL
 
 237 ID_NOTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_NOTOALL
 
 238 ID_ABORT 
= _core_
.ID_ABORT
 
 239 ID_RETRY 
= _core_
.ID_RETRY
 
 240 ID_IGNORE 
= _core_
.ID_IGNORE
 
 241 ID_ADD 
= _core_
.ID_ADD
 
 242 ID_REMOVE 
= _core_
.ID_REMOVE
 
 244 ID_DOWN 
= _core_
.ID_DOWN
 
 245 ID_HOME 
= _core_
.ID_HOME
 
 246 ID_REFRESH 
= _core_
.ID_REFRESH
 
 247 ID_STOP 
= _core_
.ID_STOP
 
 248 ID_INDEX 
= _core_
.ID_INDEX
 
 249 ID_BOLD 
= _core_
.ID_BOLD
 
 250 ID_ITALIC 
= _core_
.ID_ITALIC
 
 251 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 
 252 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 
 253 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 
 254 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 
 255 ID_UNDERLINE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDERLINE
 
 256 ID_INDENT 
= _core_
.ID_INDENT
 
 257 ID_UNINDENT 
= _core_
.ID_UNINDENT
 
 258 ID_ZOOM_100 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_100
 
 259 ID_ZOOM_FIT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 
 260 ID_ZOOM_IN 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_IN
 
 261 ID_ZOOM_OUT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 
 262 ID_UNDELETE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDELETE
 
 263 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 
 264 ID_HIGHEST 
= _core_
.ID_HIGHEST
 
 267 HIDE_READONLY 
= _core_
.HIDE_READONLY
 
 268 OVERWRITE_PROMPT 
= _core_
.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
 
 269 FILE_MUST_EXIST 
= _core_
.FILE_MUST_EXIST
 
 270 MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.MULTIPLE
 
 271 CHANGE_DIR 
= _core_
.CHANGE_DIR
 
 272 ACCEL_ALT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_ALT
 
 273 ACCEL_CTRL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_CTRL
 
 274 ACCEL_SHIFT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_SHIFT
 
 275 ACCEL_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_NORMAL
 
 276 PD_AUTO_HIDE 
= _core_
.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 
 277 PD_APP_MODAL 
= _core_
.PD_APP_MODAL
 
 278 PD_CAN_ABORT 
= _core_
.PD_CAN_ABORT
 
 279 PD_ELAPSED_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 
 280 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 
 281 PD_REMAINING_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 
 282 PD_SMOOTH 
= _core_
.PD_SMOOTH
 
 283 PD_CAN_SKIP 
= _core_
.PD_CAN_SKIP
 
 284 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON 
= _core_
.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
 
 285 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE 
= _core_
.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
 
 286 MENU_TEAROFF 
= _core_
.MENU_TEAROFF
 
 287 MB_DOCKABLE 
= _core_
.MB_DOCKABLE
 
 288 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 289 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 290 LI_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.LI_HORIZONTAL
 
 291 LI_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.LI_VERTICAL
 
 292 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY 
= _core_
.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 
 293 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS 
= _core_
.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 
 294 WS_EX_TRANSIENT 
= _core_
.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 
 295 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 
 296 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 
 297 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 
 298 MM_TEXT 
= _core_
.MM_TEXT
 
 299 MM_LOMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_LOMETRIC
 
 300 MM_HIMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_HIMETRIC
 
 301 MM_LOENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_LOENGLISH
 
 302 MM_HIENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_HIENGLISH
 
 303 MM_TWIPS 
= _core_
.MM_TWIPS
 
 304 MM_ISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ISOTROPIC
 
 305 MM_ANISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 
 306 MM_POINTS 
= _core_
.MM_POINTS
 
 307 MM_METRIC 
= _core_
.MM_METRIC
 
 308 CENTRE 
= _core_
.CENTRE
 
 309 CENTER 
= _core_
.CENTER
 
 310 HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL
 
 311 VERTICAL 
= _core_
.VERTICAL
 
 318 BOTTOM 
= _core_
.BOTTOM
 
 324 ALIGN_NOT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_NOT
 
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 
 327 ALIGN_LEFT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_LEFT
 
 328 ALIGN_TOP 
= _core_
.ALIGN_TOP
 
 329 ALIGN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_RIGHT
 
 330 ALIGN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 
 331 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 
 332 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 
 333 ALIGN_CENTER 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER
 
 334 ALIGN_CENTRE 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE
 
 335 ALIGN_MASK 
= _core_
.ALIGN_MASK
 
 336 STRETCH_NOT 
= _core_
.STRETCH_NOT
 
 337 SHRINK 
= _core_
.SHRINK
 
 339 EXPAND 
= _core_
.EXPAND
 
 340 SHAPED 
= _core_
.SHAPED
 
 341 FIXED_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.FIXED_MINSIZE
 
 343 ADJUST_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 
 344 BORDER_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.BORDER_DEFAULT
 
 345 BORDER_NONE 
= _core_
.BORDER_NONE
 
 346 BORDER_STATIC 
= _core_
.BORDER_STATIC
 
 347 BORDER_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_SIMPLE
 
 348 BORDER_RAISED 
= _core_
.BORDER_RAISED
 
 349 BORDER_SUNKEN 
= _core_
.BORDER_SUNKEN
 
 350 BORDER_DOUBLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_DOUBLE
 
 351 BORDER_MASK 
= _core_
.BORDER_MASK
 
 352 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 
 353 BG_STYLE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 
 354 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 
 355 DEFAULT 
= _core_
.DEFAULT
 
 356 DECORATIVE 
= _core_
.DECORATIVE
 
 358 SCRIPT 
= _core_
.SCRIPT
 
 360 MODERN 
= _core_
.MODERN
 
 361 TELETYPE 
= _core_
.TELETYPE
 
 362 VARIABLE 
= _core_
.VARIABLE
 
 364 NORMAL 
= _core_
.NORMAL
 
 367 ITALIC 
= _core_
.ITALIC
 
 371 LONG_DASH 
= _core_
.LONG_DASH
 
 372 SHORT_DASH 
= _core_
.SHORT_DASH
 
 373 DOT_DASH 
= _core_
.DOT_DASH
 
 374 USER_DASH 
= _core_
.USER_DASH
 
 375 TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT
 
 376 STIPPLE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE
 
 377 STIPPLE_MASK 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK
 
 378 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 
 379 BDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 380 CROSSDIAG_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 
 381 FDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 382 CROSS_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSS_HATCH
 
 383 HORIZONTAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 
 384 VERTICAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.VERTICAL_HATCH
 
 385 JOIN_BEVEL 
= _core_
.JOIN_BEVEL
 
 386 JOIN_MITER 
= _core_
.JOIN_MITER
 
 387 JOIN_ROUND 
= _core_
.JOIN_ROUND
 
 388 CAP_ROUND 
= _core_
.CAP_ROUND
 
 389 CAP_PROJECTING 
= _core_
.CAP_PROJECTING
 
 390 CAP_BUTT 
= _core_
.CAP_BUTT
 
 393 INVERT 
= _core_
.INVERT
 
 394 OR_REVERSE 
= _core_
.OR_REVERSE
 
 395 AND_REVERSE 
= _core_
.AND_REVERSE
 
 398 AND_INVERT 
= _core_
.AND_INVERT
 
 402 SRC_INVERT 
= _core_
.SRC_INVERT
 
 403 OR_INVERT 
= _core_
.OR_INVERT
 
 407 WXK_BACK 
= _core_
.WXK_BACK
 
 408 WXK_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_TAB
 
 409 WXK_RETURN 
= _core_
.WXK_RETURN
 
 410 WXK_ESCAPE 
= _core_
.WXK_ESCAPE
 
 411 WXK_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_SPACE
 
 412 WXK_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_DELETE
 
 413 WXK_START 
= _core_
.WXK_START
 
 414 WXK_LBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_LBUTTON
 
 415 WXK_RBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_RBUTTON
 
 416 WXK_CANCEL 
= _core_
.WXK_CANCEL
 
 417 WXK_MBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_MBUTTON
 
 418 WXK_CLEAR 
= _core_
.WXK_CLEAR
 
 419 WXK_SHIFT 
= _core_
.WXK_SHIFT
 
 420 WXK_ALT 
= _core_
.WXK_ALT
 
 421 WXK_CONTROL 
= _core_
.WXK_CONTROL
 
 422 WXK_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_MENU
 
 423 WXK_PAUSE 
= _core_
.WXK_PAUSE
 
 424 WXK_CAPITAL 
= _core_
.WXK_CAPITAL
 
 425 WXK_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_PRIOR
 
 426 WXK_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NEXT
 
 427 WXK_END 
= _core_
.WXK_END
 
 428 WXK_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_HOME
 
 429 WXK_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_LEFT
 
 430 WXK_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_UP
 
 431 WXK_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_RIGHT
 
 432 WXK_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_DOWN
 
 433 WXK_SELECT 
= _core_
.WXK_SELECT
 
 434 WXK_PRINT 
= _core_
.WXK_PRINT
 
 435 WXK_EXECUTE 
= _core_
.WXK_EXECUTE
 
 436 WXK_SNAPSHOT 
= _core_
.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 
 437 WXK_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_INSERT
 
 438 WXK_HELP 
= _core_
.WXK_HELP
 
 439 WXK_NUMPAD0 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD0
 
 440 WXK_NUMPAD1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD1
 
 441 WXK_NUMPAD2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD2
 
 442 WXK_NUMPAD3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD3
 
 443 WXK_NUMPAD4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD4
 
 444 WXK_NUMPAD5 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD5
 
 445 WXK_NUMPAD6 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD6
 
 446 WXK_NUMPAD7 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD7
 
 447 WXK_NUMPAD8 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD8
 
 448 WXK_NUMPAD9 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD9
 
 449 WXK_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_MULTIPLY
 
 450 WXK_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_ADD
 
 451 WXK_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_SEPARATOR
 
 452 WXK_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_SUBTRACT
 
 453 WXK_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_DECIMAL
 
 454 WXK_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_DIVIDE
 
 455 WXK_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_F1
 
 456 WXK_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_F2
 
 457 WXK_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_F3
 
 458 WXK_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_F4
 
 459 WXK_F5 
= _core_
.WXK_F5
 
 460 WXK_F6 
= _core_
.WXK_F6
 
 461 WXK_F7 
= _core_
.WXK_F7
 
 462 WXK_F8 
= _core_
.WXK_F8
 
 463 WXK_F9 
= _core_
.WXK_F9
 
 464 WXK_F10 
= _core_
.WXK_F10
 
 465 WXK_F11 
= _core_
.WXK_F11
 
 466 WXK_F12 
= _core_
.WXK_F12
 
 467 WXK_F13 
= _core_
.WXK_F13
 
 468 WXK_F14 
= _core_
.WXK_F14
 
 469 WXK_F15 
= _core_
.WXK_F15
 
 470 WXK_F16 
= _core_
.WXK_F16
 
 471 WXK_F17 
= _core_
.WXK_F17
 
 472 WXK_F18 
= _core_
.WXK_F18
 
 473 WXK_F19 
= _core_
.WXK_F19
 
 474 WXK_F20 
= _core_
.WXK_F20
 
 475 WXK_F21 
= _core_
.WXK_F21
 
 476 WXK_F22 
= _core_
.WXK_F22
 
 477 WXK_F23 
= _core_
.WXK_F23
 
 478 WXK_F24 
= _core_
.WXK_F24
 
 479 WXK_NUMLOCK 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMLOCK
 
 480 WXK_SCROLL 
= _core_
.WXK_SCROLL
 
 481 WXK_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEUP
 
 482 WXK_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_END 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 
 510 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 
 511 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 
 512 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 
 513 WXK_COMMAND 
= _core_
.WXK_COMMAND
 
 514 WXK_SPECIAL1 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL1
 
 515 WXK_SPECIAL2 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL2
 
 516 WXK_SPECIAL3 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL3
 
 517 WXK_SPECIAL4 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL4
 
 518 WXK_SPECIAL5 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL5
 
 519 WXK_SPECIAL6 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL6
 
 520 WXK_SPECIAL7 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL7
 
 521 WXK_SPECIAL8 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL8
 
 522 WXK_SPECIAL9 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL9
 
 523 WXK_SPECIAL10 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL10
 
 524 WXK_SPECIAL11 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL11
 
 525 WXK_SPECIAL12 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL12
 
 526 WXK_SPECIAL13 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL13
 
 527 WXK_SPECIAL14 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL14
 
 528 WXK_SPECIAL15 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL15
 
 529 WXK_SPECIAL16 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL16
 
 530 WXK_SPECIAL17 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL17
 
 531 WXK_SPECIAL18 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL18
 
 532 WXK_SPECIAL19 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL19
 
 533 WXK_SPECIAL20 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL20
 
 534 PAPER_NONE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NONE
 
 535 PAPER_LETTER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER
 
 536 PAPER_LEGAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL
 
 537 PAPER_A4 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4
 
 538 PAPER_CSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_CSHEET
 
 539 PAPER_DSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_DSHEET
 
 540 PAPER_ESHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_ESHEET
 
 541 PAPER_LETTERSMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 
 542 PAPER_TABLOID 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID
 
 543 PAPER_LEDGER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEDGER
 
 544 PAPER_STATEMENT 
= _core_
.PAPER_STATEMENT
 
 545 PAPER_EXECUTIVE 
= _core_
.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 
 546 PAPER_A3 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3
 
 547 PAPER_A4SMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4SMALL
 
 548 PAPER_A5 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5
 
 549 PAPER_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4
 
 550 PAPER_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5
 
 551 PAPER_FOLIO 
= _core_
.PAPER_FOLIO
 
 552 PAPER_QUARTO 
= _core_
.PAPER_QUARTO
 
 553 PAPER_10X14 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X14
 
 554 PAPER_11X17 
= _core_
.PAPER_11X17
 
 555 PAPER_NOTE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NOTE
 
 556 PAPER_ENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_9
 
 557 PAPER_ENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_10
 
 558 PAPER_ENV_11 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_11
 
 559 PAPER_ENV_12 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_12
 
 560 PAPER_ENV_14 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_14
 
 561 PAPER_ENV_DL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_DL
 
 562 PAPER_ENV_C5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C5
 
 563 PAPER_ENV_C3 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C3
 
 564 PAPER_ENV_C4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C4
 
 565 PAPER_ENV_C6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C6
 
 566 PAPER_ENV_C65 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C65
 
 567 PAPER_ENV_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B4
 
 568 PAPER_ENV_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B5
 
 569 PAPER_ENV_B6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B6
 
 570 PAPER_ENV_ITALY 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 
 571 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 
 572 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 
 573 PAPER_FANFOLD_US 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 
 574 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 
 575 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 
 576 PAPER_ISO_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ISO_B4
 
 577 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 578 PAPER_9X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_9X11
 
 579 PAPER_10X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X11
 
 580 PAPER_15X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_15X11
 
 581 PAPER_ENV_INVITE 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 
 583 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 
 584 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 
 585 PAPER_A4_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 
 586 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 
 587 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 
 588 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 589 PAPER_A_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A_PLUS
 
 590 PAPER_B_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B_PLUS
 
 591 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 
 592 PAPER_A4_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 
 593 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 
 594 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 
 595 PAPER_A3_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 
 596 PAPER_A5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 
 597 PAPER_B5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 
 598 PAPER_A2 
= _core_
.PAPER_A2
 
 599 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 
 600 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 601 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 602 PAPER_A6 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6
 
 603 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 
 604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 
 605 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 
 606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 
 607 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 
 608 PAPER_A3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 
 609 PAPER_A4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 
 610 PAPER_A5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 
 611 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 
 612 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 
 613 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 614 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 615 PAPER_A6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 
 616 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 
 617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 
 618 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 
 619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 
 620 PAPER_B6_JIS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS
 
 621 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 
 622 PAPER_12X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_12X11
 
 623 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 
 624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 
 625 PAPER_P16K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K
 
 626 PAPER_P32K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K
 
 627 PAPER_P32KBIG 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG
 
 628 PAPER_PENV_1 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1
 
 629 PAPER_PENV_2 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2
 
 630 PAPER_PENV_3 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3
 
 631 PAPER_PENV_4 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4
 
 632 PAPER_PENV_5 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5
 
 633 PAPER_PENV_6 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6
 
 634 PAPER_PENV_7 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7
 
 635 PAPER_PENV_8 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8
 
 636 PAPER_PENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9
 
 637 PAPER_PENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10
 
 638 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 
 639 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 
 640 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 
 641 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 
 642 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 
 643 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 
 644 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 
 645 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 
 646 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 
 647 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 
 648 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 
 649 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 
 650 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 
 651 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 
 652 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 
 653 DUPLEX_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 
 654 ITEM_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 
 655 ITEM_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ITEM_NORMAL
 
 656 ITEM_CHECK 
= _core_
.ITEM_CHECK
 
 657 ITEM_RADIO 
= _core_
.ITEM_RADIO
 
 658 ITEM_MAX 
= _core_
.ITEM_MAX
 
 659 HT_NOWHERE 
= _core_
.HT_NOWHERE
 
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 
 669 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 
 670 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 
 671 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 
 672 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 
 673 HT_WINDOW_CORNER 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 
 674 HT_MAX 
= _core_
.HT_MAX
 
 675 MOD_NONE 
= _core_
.MOD_NONE
 
 676 MOD_ALT 
= _core_
.MOD_ALT
 
 677 MOD_CONTROL 
= _core_
.MOD_CONTROL
 
 678 MOD_ALTGR 
= _core_
.MOD_ALTGR
 
 679 MOD_SHIFT 
= _core_
.MOD_SHIFT
 
 680 MOD_META 
= _core_
.MOD_META
 
 681 MOD_WIN 
= _core_
.MOD_WIN
 
 682 MOD_CMD 
= _core_
.MOD_CMD
 
 683 MOD_ALL 
= _core_
.MOD_ALL
 
 684 UPDATE_UI_NONE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 
 685 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 
 686 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 
 687 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 689 class Object(object): 
 691     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not 
 692     much functionality is needed nor exposed. 
 694     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
 696         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxObject instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 697     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 699         GetClassName(self) -> String 
 701         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI. 
 703         return _core_
.Object_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 705     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 709         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
 711         val 
= _core_
.Object_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 716 class ObjectPtr(Object
): 
 717     def __init__(self
, this
): 
 719         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
 720         self
.__class
__ = Object
 
 721 _core_
.Object_swigregister(ObjectPtr
) 
 722 _wxPySetDictionary 
= _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
 
 724 _wxPyFixStockObjects 
= _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
 
 727 EmptyString 
= cvar
.EmptyString
 
 729 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 
 749 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 
 750 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 
 751 CURSOR_NONE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NONE
 
 752 CURSOR_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROW
 
 753 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 
 754 CURSOR_BULLSEYE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 
 755 CURSOR_CHAR 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CHAR
 
 756 CURSOR_CROSS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CROSS
 
 757 CURSOR_HAND 
= _core_
.CURSOR_HAND
 
 758 CURSOR_IBEAM 
= _core_
.CURSOR_IBEAM
 
 759 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 
 760 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 
 761 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 
 762 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 
 763 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 
 764 CURSOR_PENCIL 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PENCIL
 
 765 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 
 766 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 
 767 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 
 768 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 
 769 CURSOR_SIZENESW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 
 770 CURSOR_SIZENS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENS
 
 771 CURSOR_SIZENWSE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 
 772 CURSOR_SIZEWE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 
 773 CURSOR_SIZING 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZING
 
 774 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 
 775 CURSOR_WAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WAIT
 
 776 CURSOR_WATCH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WATCH
 
 777 CURSOR_BLANK 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BLANK
 
 778 CURSOR_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 
 779 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 
 780 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 
 781 CURSOR_MAX 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAX
 
 782 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 786     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of 
 787     something.  It simply contians integer width and height 
 788     proprtites.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is 
 789     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead. 
 792         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 793     width 
= property(_core_
.Size_width_get
, _core_
.Size_width_set
) 
 794     height 
= property(_core_
.Size_height_get
, _core_
.Size_height_set
) 
 795     x 
= width
; y 
= height 
 
 796     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
 798         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size 
 800         Creates a size object. 
 802         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 803         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
 806     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Size
): 
 809             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
 812     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 814         __eq__(self, Size sz) -> bool 
 816         Test for equality of wx.Size objects. 
 818         return _core_
.Size___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 820     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 822         __ne__(self, Size sz) -> bool 
 826         return _core_
.Size___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 828     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 830         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 832         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result. 
 834         return _core_
.Size___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 836     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 838         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 840         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result. 
 842         return _core_
.Size___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 844     def IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 848         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less 
 849         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 851         return _core_
.Size_IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 853     def DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 857         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater 
 858         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 860         return _core_
.Size_DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 862     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 864         Set(self, int w, int h) 
 866         Set both width and height. 
 868         return _core_
.Size_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 870     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 871         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
 872         return _core_
.Size_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 874     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 875         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
 876         return _core_
.Size_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 878     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 879         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
 880         return _core_
.Size_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 882     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 883         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
 884         return _core_
.Size_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 886     def IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 888         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool 
 890         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values. 
 892         return _core_
.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 894     def SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 896         SetDefaults(self, Size size) 
 898         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components 
 899         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other. 
 901         return _core_
.Size_SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 903     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 905         Get() -> (width,height) 
 907         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple. 
 909         return _core_
.Size_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 911     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
 912     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
 913     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self
.Get()) 
 914     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
 915     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
 916     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
 917         if index 
== 0: self
.width 
= val
 
 918         elif index 
== 1: self
.height 
= val
 
 919         else: raise IndexError 
 920     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
 921     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
 922     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Size
, self
.Get()) 
 926     def __init__(self
, this
): 
 928         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
 929         self
.__class
__ = Size
 
 930 _core_
.Size_swigregister(SizePtr
) 
 932 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 934 class RealPoint(object): 
 936     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating 
 937     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a 
 938     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
 941         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRealPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 942     x 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_x_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_x_set
) 
 943     y 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_y_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_y_set
) 
 944     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
 946         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint 
 948         Create a wx.RealPoint object 
 950         newobj 
= _core_
.new_RealPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 951         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
 954     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_RealPoint
): 
 957             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
 960     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 962         __eq__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool 
 964         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 966         return _core_
.RealPoint___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 968     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 970         __ne__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool 
 972         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 974         return _core_
.RealPoint___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 976     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 978         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 980         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
 982         return _core_
.RealPoint___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 984     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 986         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 988         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
 990         return _core_
.RealPoint___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 992     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 994         Set(self, double x, double y) 
 996         Set both the x and y properties 
 998         return _core_
.RealPoint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1000     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1004         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1006         return _core_
.RealPoint_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1008     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1009     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1010     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self
.Get()) 
1011     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1012     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1013     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1014         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1015         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1016         else: raise IndexError 
1017     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1018     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1019     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.RealPoint
, self
.Get()) 
1022 class RealPointPtr(RealPoint
): 
1023     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1025         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1026         self
.__class
__ = RealPoint
 
1027 _core_
.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPointPtr
) 
1029 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1031 class Point(object): 
1033     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x 
1034     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can 
1035     also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
1038         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1039     x 
= property(_core_
.Point_x_get
, _core_
.Point_x_set
) 
1040     y 
= property(_core_
.Point_y_get
, _core_
.Point_y_set
) 
1041     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1043         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point 
1045         Create a wx.Point object 
1047         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Point(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1048         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1051     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Point
): 
1054             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1057     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1059         __eq__(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1061         Test for equality of wx.Point objects. 
1063         return _core_
.Point___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1065     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1067         __ne__(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1069         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects. 
1071         return _core_
.Point___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1073     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1075         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1077         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
1079         return _core_
.Point___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1081     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1083         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1085         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
1087         return _core_
.Point___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1089     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1091         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1093         Add pt to this object. 
1095         return _core_
.Point___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1097     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1099         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1101         Subtract pt from this object. 
1103         return _core_
.Point___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1105     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1107         Set(self, long x, long y) 
1109         Set both the x and y properties 
1111         return _core_
.Point_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1113     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1117         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1119         return _core_
.Point_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1121     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1122     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1123     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self
.Get()) 
1124     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1125     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1126     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1127         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1128         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1129         else: raise IndexError 
1130     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
1131     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1132     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point
, self
.Get()) 
1135 class PointPtr(Point
): 
1136     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1138         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1139         self
.__class
__ = Point
 
1140 _core_
.Point_swigregister(PointPtr
) 
1142 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1146     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y, 
1147     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a 
1148     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple. 
1151         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRect instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1152     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1154         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect 
1156         Create a new Rect object. 
1158         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Rect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1159         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1162     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Rect
): 
1165             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1168     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1169         """GetX(self) -> int""" 
1170         return _core_
.Rect_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1172     def SetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1173         """SetX(self, int x)""" 
1174         return _core_
.Rect_SetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1176     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1177         """GetY(self) -> int""" 
1178         return _core_
.Rect_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1180     def SetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1181         """SetY(self, int y)""" 
1182         return _core_
.Rect_SetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1184     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1185         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
1186         return _core_
.Rect_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1188     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1189         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
1190         return _core_
.Rect_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1192     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1193         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
1194         return _core_
.Rect_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1196     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1197         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
1198         return _core_
.Rect_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1200     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1201         """GetPosition(self) -> Point""" 
1202         return _core_
.Rect_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1204     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1205         """SetPosition(self, Point p)""" 
1206         return _core_
.Rect_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1208     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1209         """GetSize(self) -> Size""" 
1210         return _core_
.Rect_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1212     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1213         """SetSize(self, Size s)""" 
1214         return _core_
.Rect_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1216     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1217         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" 
1218         return _core_
.Rect_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1220     def GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1221         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point""" 
1222         return _core_
.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1224     def SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1225         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)""" 
1226         return _core_
.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1228     def GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1229         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point""" 
1230         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1232     def SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1233         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)""" 
1234         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1236     def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1237         """GetLeft(self) -> int""" 
1238         return _core_
.Rect_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1240     def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1241         """GetTop(self) -> int""" 
1242         return _core_
.Rect_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1244     def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1245         """GetBottom(self) -> int""" 
1246         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1248     def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1249         """GetRight(self) -> int""" 
1250         return _core_
.Rect_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1252     def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1253         """SetLeft(self, int left)""" 
1254         return _core_
.Rect_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1256     def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1257         """SetRight(self, int right)""" 
1258         return _core_
.Rect_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1260     def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1261         """SetTop(self, int top)""" 
1262         return _core_
.Rect_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1264     def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1265         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)""" 
1266         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1268     position 
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
1269     size 
= property(GetSize
, SetSize
) 
1270     left 
= property(GetLeft
, SetLeft
) 
1271     right 
= property(GetRight
, SetRight
) 
1272     top 
= property(GetTop
, SetTop
) 
1273     bottom 
= property(GetBottom
, SetBottom
) 
1275     def Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1277         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1279         Increases the size of the rectangle. 
1281         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved 
1282         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the 
1283         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and 
1284         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``, 
1285         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the 
1286         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective 
1289         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a 
1290         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy 
1293             copy = wx.Rect(*original) 
1298         return _core_
.Rect_Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1300     def Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1302         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1304         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate` 
1305         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to 
1306         `Inflate` for a full description. 
1308         return _core_
.Rect_Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1310     def OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1312         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy) 
1314         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the 
1315         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the 
1316         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively. 
1318         return _core_
.Rect_OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1320     def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1322         Offset(self, Point pt) 
1324         Same as OffsetXY but uses dx,dy from Point 
1326         return _core_
.Rect_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1328     def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1330         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1332         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect. 
1334         return _core_
.Rect_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1336     def Union(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1338         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1340         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect. 
1342         return _core_
.Rect_Union(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1344     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1346         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1348         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result. 
1350         return _core_
.Rect___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1352     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1354         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1356         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle. 
1358         return _core_
.Rect___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1360     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1362         __eq__(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1366         return _core_
.Rect___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1368     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1370         __ne__(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1372         Test for inequality. 
1374         return _core_
.Rect___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1376     def InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1378         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool 
1380         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect. 
1382         return _core_
.Rect_InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1384     def Inside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1386         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1388         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect. 
1390         return _core_
.Rect_Inside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1392     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1394         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1396         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection. 
1398         return _core_
.Rect_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1400     x 
= property(_core_
.Rect_x_get
, _core_
.Rect_x_set
) 
1401     y 
= property(_core_
.Rect_y_get
, _core_
.Rect_y_set
) 
1402     width 
= property(_core_
.Rect_width_get
, _core_
.Rect_width_set
) 
1403     height 
= property(_core_
.Rect_height_get
, _core_
.Rect_height_set
) 
1404     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1406         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) 
1408         Set all rectangle properties. 
1410         return _core_
.Rect_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1412     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1414         Get() -> (x,y,width,height) 
1416         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple. 
1418         return _core_
.Rect_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1420     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1421     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1422     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self
.Get()) 
1423     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1424     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1425     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1426         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1427         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1428         elif index 
== 2: self
.width 
= val
 
1429         elif index 
== 3: self
.height 
= val
 
1430         else: raise IndexError 
1431     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0,0,0) 
1432     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1433     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Rect
, self
.Get()) 
1436 class RectPtr(Rect
): 
1437     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1439         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1440         self
.__class
__ = Rect
 
1441 _core_
.Rect_swigregister(RectPtr
) 
1443 def RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1445     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect 
1447     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners. 
1449     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1453 def RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1455     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect 
1457     Create a new Rect from a position and size. 
1459     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1463 def RectS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1465     RectS(Size size) -> Rect 
1467     Create a new Rect from a size only. 
1469     val 
= _core_
.new_RectS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1474 def IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1476     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect 
1478     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2. 
1480     return _core_
.IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1481 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1483 class Point2D(object): 
1485     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system 
1486     with floating point values. 
1489         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint2D instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1490     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1492         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D 
1494         Create a w.Point2D object. 
1496         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Point2D(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1497         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1500     def GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1506         return _core_
.Point2D_GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1508     def GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1510         GetRounded() -> (x,y) 
1514         return _core_
.Point2D_GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1516     def GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1517         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double""" 
1518         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1520     def GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1521         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double""" 
1522         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1524     def SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1525         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)""" 
1526         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1528     def SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1529         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)""" 
1530         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1532     def SetPolarCoordinates(self
, angle
, length
): 
1533         self
.SetVectorLength(length
) 
1534         self
.SetVectorAngle(angle
) 
1535     def Normalize(self
): 
1536         self
.SetVectorLength(1.0) 
1538     def GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1539         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1540         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1542     def GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1543         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1544         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1546     def GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1547         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1548         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1550     def GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1551         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1552         return _core_
.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1554     def __neg__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1556         __neg__(self) -> Point2D 
1558         the reflection of this point 
1560         return _core_
.Point2D___neg__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1562     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1563         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1564         return _core_
.Point2D___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1566     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1567         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1568         return _core_
.Point2D___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1570     def __imul__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1571         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1572         return _core_
.Point2D___imul__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1574     def __idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1575         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1576         return _core_
.Point2D___idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1578     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1580         __eq__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool 
1584         return _core_
.Point2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1586     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1588         __ne__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool 
1592         return _core_
.Point2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1594     x 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_x_get
, _core_
.Point2D_x_set
) 
1595     y 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_y_get
, _core_
.Point2D_y_set
) 
1596     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1597         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)""" 
1598         return _core_
.Point2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1600     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1604         Return x and y properties as a tuple. 
1606         return _core_
.Point2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1608     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1609     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1610     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self
.Get()) 
1611     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1612     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1613     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1614         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1615         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1616         else: raise IndexError 
1617     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1618     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1619     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point2D
, self
.Get()) 
1622 class Point2DPtr(Point2D
): 
1623     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1625         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1626         self
.__class
__ = Point2D
 
1627 _core_
.Point2D_swigregister(Point2DPtr
) 
1629 def Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1631     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D 
1633     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1635     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1639 def Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1641     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D 
1643     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1645     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1649 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1651 FromStart 
= _core_
.FromStart
 
1652 FromCurrent 
= _core_
.FromCurrent
 
1653 FromEnd 
= _core_
.FromEnd
 
1654 class InputStream(object): 
1655     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class""" 
1657         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyInputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1658     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1659         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream""" 
1660         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InputStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1661         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1664     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_InputStream
): 
1667             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1670     def close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1672         return _core_
.InputStream_close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1674     def flush(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1676         return _core_
.InputStream_flush(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1678     def eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1679         """eof(self) -> bool""" 
1680         return _core_
.InputStream_eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1682     def read(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1683         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1684         return _core_
.InputStream_read(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1686     def readline(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1687         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1688         return _core_
.InputStream_readline(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1690     def readlines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1691         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1692         return _core_
.InputStream_readlines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1694     def seek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1695         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)""" 
1696         return _core_
.InputStream_seek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1698     def tell(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1699         """tell(self) -> int""" 
1700         return _core_
.InputStream_tell(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1702     def Peek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1703         """Peek(self) -> char""" 
1704         return _core_
.InputStream_Peek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1706     def GetC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1707         """GetC(self) -> char""" 
1708         return _core_
.InputStream_GetC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1710     def LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1711         """LastRead(self) -> size_t""" 
1712         return _core_
.InputStream_LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1714     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1715         """CanRead(self) -> bool""" 
1716         return _core_
.InputStream_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1718     def Eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1719         """Eof(self) -> bool""" 
1720         return _core_
.InputStream_Eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1722     def Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1723         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool""" 
1724         return _core_
.InputStream_Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1726     def SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1727         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long""" 
1728         return _core_
.InputStream_SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1730     def TellI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1731         """TellI(self) -> long""" 
1732         return _core_
.InputStream_TellI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1735 class InputStreamPtr(InputStream
): 
1736     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1738         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1739         self
.__class
__ = InputStream
 
1740 _core_
.InputStream_swigregister(InputStreamPtr
) 
1741 DefaultPosition 
= cvar
.DefaultPosition
 
1742 DefaultSize 
= cvar
.DefaultSize
 
1744 class OutputStream(object): 
1745     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class""" 
1746     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
1748         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxOutputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1749     def write(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1750         """write(self, PyObject obj)""" 
1751         return _core_
.OutputStream_write(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1754 class OutputStreamPtr(OutputStream
): 
1755     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1757         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1758         self
.__class
__ = OutputStream
 
1759 _core_
.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStreamPtr
) 
1761 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1763 class FSFile(Object
): 
1764     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class""" 
1766         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFSFile instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1767     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1769         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,  
1770             DateTime modif) -> FSFile 
1772         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FSFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1773         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1776         self
.thisown 
= 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem 
1778     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FSFile
): 
1781             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1784     def GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1785         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream""" 
1786         return _core_
.FSFile_GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1788     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1789         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
1790         return _core_
.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1792     def GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1793         """GetLocation(self) -> String""" 
1794         return _core_
.FSFile_GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1796     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1797         """GetAnchor(self) -> String""" 
1798         return _core_
.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1800     def GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1801         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime""" 
1802         return _core_
.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1805 class FSFilePtr(FSFile
): 
1806     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1808         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1809         self
.__class
__ = FSFile
 
1810 _core_
.FSFile_swigregister(FSFilePtr
) 
1812 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object): 
1813     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class""" 
1814     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
1816         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1818 class CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1819     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1821         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1822         self
.__class
__ = CPPFileSystemHandler
 
1823 _core_
.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr
) 
1825 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1826     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class""" 
1828         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1829     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1830         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler""" 
1831         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FileSystemHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1832         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1835         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, FileSystemHandler
) 
1837     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1838         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
1839         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1841     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1842         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1843         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1845     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1846         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1847         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1849     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1850         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
1851         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1853     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1854         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
1855         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1857     def GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1858         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String""" 
1859         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1861     def GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1862         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
1863         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1865     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1866         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String""" 
1867         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1869     def GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1870         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
1871         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1873     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1874         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String""" 
1875         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1878 class FileSystemHandlerPtr(FileSystemHandler
): 
1879     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1881         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1882         self
.__class
__ = FileSystemHandler
 
1883 _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandlerPtr
) 
1885 class FileSystem(Object
): 
1886     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class""" 
1888         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1889     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1890         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem""" 
1891         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FileSystem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1892         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1895     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FileSystem
): 
1898             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1901     def ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1902         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)""" 
1903         return _core_
.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1905     def GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1906         """GetPath(self) -> String""" 
1907         return _core_
.FileSystem_GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1909     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1910         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1911         return _core_
.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1913     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1914         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
1915         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1917     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1918         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
1919         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1921     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1922         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
1923         return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1925     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
1926     def CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1927         """CleanUpHandlers()""" 
1928         return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1930     CleanUpHandlers 
= staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers
) 
1931     def FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1932         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
1933         return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1935     FileNameToURL 
= staticmethod(FileNameToURL
) 
1936     def URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1937         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
1938         return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1940     URLToFileName 
= staticmethod(URLToFileName
) 
1942 class FileSystemPtr(FileSystem
): 
1943     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1945         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1946         self
.__class
__ = FileSystem
 
1947 _core_
.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystemPtr
) 
1949 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1950     """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
1951     return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1953 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1954     """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()""" 
1955     return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1957 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1958     """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
1959     return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1961 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1962     """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
1963     return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1965 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1966     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class""" 
1968         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInternetFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1969     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1970         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler""" 
1971         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InternetFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1972         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1975     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1976         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1977         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1979     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1980         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1981         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1984 class InternetFSHandlerPtr(InternetFSHandler
): 
1985     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1987         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1988         self
.__class
__ = InternetFSHandler
 
1989 _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandlerPtr
) 
1991 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1992     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class""" 
1994         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxZipFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1995     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1996         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler""" 
1997         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ZipFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1998         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2001     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2002         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2003         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2005     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2006         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2007         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2009     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2010         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2011         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2013     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2014         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2015         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2018 class ZipFSHandlerPtr(ZipFSHandler
): 
2019     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2021         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2022         self
.__class
__ = ZipFSHandler
 
2023 _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandlerPtr
) 
2026 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2027     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)""" 
2028     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxImage
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2030 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2031     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)""" 
2032     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxBitmap
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2034 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2035     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)""" 
2036     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_Data
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2037 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
=-1): 
2039     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can 
2040     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain 
2041     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType 
2042     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be 
2043     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc. 
2045     if isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Image
): 
2046         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2047     elif isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Bitmap
): 
2048         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2049     elif type(dataItem
) == str: 
2050         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename
, dataItem
) 
2052         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected' 
2054 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2055     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class""" 
2057         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMemoryFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2058     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2059         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler""" 
2060         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2061         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2064     def RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2065         """RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2066         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2068     RemoveFile 
= staticmethod(RemoveFile
) 
2069     AddFile 
= staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile
)  
2070     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2071         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2072         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2074     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2075         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2076         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2078     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2079         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2080         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2082     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2083         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2084         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2087 class MemoryFSHandlerPtr(MemoryFSHandler
): 
2088     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2090         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2091         self
.__class
__ = MemoryFSHandler
 
2092 _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandlerPtr
) 
2094 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2095     """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2096     return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2098 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
 
2099 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
 
2100 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
 
2101 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
2103 class ImageHandler(Object
): 
2105     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2106     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not 
2107     normally seen by the application. 
2109     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
2111         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2112     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2113         """GetName(self) -> String""" 
2114         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2116     def GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2117         """GetExtension(self) -> String""" 
2118         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2120     def GetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2121         """GetType(self) -> long""" 
2122         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2124     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2125         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
2126         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2128     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2129         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool""" 
2130         return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2132     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2133         """SetName(self, String name)""" 
2134         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2136     def SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2137         """SetExtension(self, String extension)""" 
2138         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2140     def SetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2141         """SetType(self, long type)""" 
2142         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2144     def SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2145         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)""" 
2146         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2149 class ImageHandlerPtr(ImageHandler
): 
2150     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2152         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2153         self
.__class
__ = ImageHandler
 
2154 _core_
.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandlerPtr
) 
2156 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler
): 
2158     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2159     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom 
2160     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide 
2161     the following methods:: 
2163         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool 
2164             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' 
2166         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool 
2167             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' 
2169         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool 
2170             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using 
2171                this handler's image file format.''' 
2173         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int 
2174             '''If this image format can hold more than one image, 
2175                how many does the image on the stream have?''' 
2177     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to 
2178     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and 
2179     `SetExtension` from your constructor. 
2183         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyImageHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2184     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2186         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler 
2188         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2189         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom 
2190         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide 
2191         the following methods:: 
2193             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool 
2194                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' 
2196             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool 
2197                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' 
2199             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool 
2200                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using 
2201                    this handler's image file format.''' 
2203             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int 
2204                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image, 
2205                    how many does the image on the stream have?''' 
2207         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to 
2208         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and 
2209         `SetExtension` from your constructor. 
2212         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyImageHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2213         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2218     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2219         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
2220         return _core_
.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2223 class PyImageHandlerPtr(PyImageHandler
): 
2224     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2226         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2227         self
.__class
__ = PyImageHandler
 
2228 _core_
.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandlerPtr
) 
2230 class ImageHistogram(object): 
2231     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class""" 
2233         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHistogram instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2234     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2235         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram""" 
2236         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ImageHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2237         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2240     def MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2242         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2244         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2246         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2248     MakeKey 
= staticmethod(MakeKey
) 
2249     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2251         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2253         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2254         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2255         success flag and rgb values. 
2257         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2259     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2261         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long 
2263         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a 
2264         key value from a RGB tripple. 
2266         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2268     def GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2270         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2272         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values. 
2274         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2276     def GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2278         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long 
2280         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value. 
2282         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2285 class ImageHistogramPtr(ImageHistogram
): 
2286     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2288         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2289         self
.__class
__ = ImageHistogram
 
2290 _core_
.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogramPtr
) 
2292 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2294     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2296     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2298     return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2300 class Image_RGBValue(object): 
2302     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent 
2303     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and 
2304     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB 
2308         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage_RGBValue instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2309     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2311         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue 
2315         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Image_RGBValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2316         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2319     red 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_set
) 
2320     green 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_set
) 
2321     blue 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_set
) 
2323 class Image_RGBValuePtr(Image_RGBValue
): 
2324     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2326         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2327         self
.__class
__ = Image_RGBValue
 
2328 _core_
.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValuePtr
) 
2330 class Image_HSVValue(object): 
2332     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which 
2333     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and 
2334     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB 
2338         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage_HSVValue instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2339     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2341         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue 
2345         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Image_HSVValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2346         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2349     hue 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_set
) 
2350     saturation 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set
) 
2351     value 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_set
) 
2353 class Image_HSVValuePtr(Image_HSVValue
): 
2354     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2356         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2357         self
.__class
__ = Image_HSVValue
 
2358 _core_
.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValuePtr
) 
2360 class Image(Object
): 
2362     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from 
2363     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a 
2364     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image 
2365     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation. 
2367     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a 
2368     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the 
2369     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a 
2370     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`. 
2372     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will 
2373     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the 
2376     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte 
2377     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also 
2378     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0 
2379     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255 
2380     means that the pixel is 100% opaque. 
2382     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using 
2383     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel 
2384     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files 
2385     with transparency information will have an alpha channel. 
2388         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2389     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2391         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
2393         Loads an image from a file. 
2395         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Image(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2396         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2399     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Image
): 
2402             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
2405     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2407         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True) 
2409         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be 
2410         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized. 
2412         return _core_
.Image_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2414     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2418         Destroys the image data. 
2420         val 
= _core_
.Image_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2424     def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2426         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image 
2428         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling 
2429         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a 
2430         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`. 
2432         return _core_
.Image_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2434     def ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2436         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image 
2438         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors. 
2440         return _core_
.Image_ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2442     def Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2444         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image 
2446         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to 
2447         this function, the image will have the given width and height. 
2449         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2451         return _core_
.Image_Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2453     def Resize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2455         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2457         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding 
2458         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2459         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2460         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new 
2461         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2462         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2463         newly exposed areas. 
2465         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2467         return _core_
.Image_Resize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2469     def SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2471         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2473         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs 
2474         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to 
2475         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that 
2476         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to 
2477         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method. 
2479         return _core_
.Image_SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2481     def SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2483         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2485         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine 
2486         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a 
2487         safe way to manipulate the data. 
2489         return _core_
.Image_SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2491     def GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2493         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2495         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate. 
2497         return _core_
.Image_GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2499     def GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2501         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2503         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate. 
2505         return _core_
.Image_GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2507     def GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2509         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2511         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate. 
2513         return _core_
.Image_GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2515     def SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2517         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha) 
2519         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be 
2520         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check 
2523         return _core_
.Image_SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2525     def GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2527         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2529         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be 
2530         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for 
2533         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0 
2534         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to 
2535         the fully opaque pixels. 
2537         return _core_
.Image_GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2539     def HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2541         HasAlpha(self) -> bool 
2543         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise. 
2545         return _core_
.Image_HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2547     def InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2551         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if 
2552         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by 
2553         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image 
2554         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent. 
2556         return _core_
.Image_InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2558     def IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2560         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2562         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less 
2563         than the spcified threshold. 
2565         return _core_
.Image_IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2567     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2569         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2571         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2572         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2573         success flag and rgb values. 
2575         return _core_
.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2577     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2579         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2581         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All 
2582         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the 
2583         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is 
2584         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`. 
2586         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does 
2589         return _core_
.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2591     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2593         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool 
2595         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is 
2596         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey) 
2597         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC 
2598         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although 
2599         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This 
2600         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text. 
2601         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given. 
2603         return _core_
.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2605     def SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2607         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool 
2609         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of 
2610         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done 
2611         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as 
2612         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the 
2613         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value. 
2615         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the 
2616         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the 
2617         mask was successfully applied. 
2619         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is 
2620         computationally intensive operation. 
2622         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2624     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2626         CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
2628         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
2630         return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2632     CanRead 
= staticmethod(CanRead
) 
2633     def GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2635         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
2637         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
2638         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
2639         the number of available images. 
2641         return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2643     GetImageCount 
= staticmethod(GetImageCount
) 
2644     def LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2646         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2648         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the 
2649         library will try to autodetect the format. 
2651         return _core_
.Image_LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2653     def LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2655         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2657         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type 
2660         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2662     def SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2664         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool 
2666         Saves an image in the named file. 
2668         return _core_
.Image_SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2670     def SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2672         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool 
2674         Saves an image in the named file. 
2676         return _core_
.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2678     def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2680         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
2682         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
2683         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
2686         return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2688     CanReadStream 
= staticmethod(CanReadStream
) 
2689     def LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2691         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2693         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2694         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to 
2695         autodetect the format. 
2697         return _core_
.Image_LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2699     def LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2701         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2703         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2704         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format. 
2706         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2708     def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2712         Returns true if image data is present. 
2714         return _core_
.Image_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2716     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2718         GetWidth(self) -> int 
2720         Gets the width of the image in pixels. 
2722         return _core_
.Image_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2724     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2726         GetHeight(self) -> int 
2728         Gets the height of the image in pixels. 
2730         return _core_
.Image_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2732     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2734         GetSize(self) -> Size 
2736         Returns the size of the image in pixels. 
2738         return _core_
.Image_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2740     def GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2742         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image 
2744         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs 
2745         entirely to the image. 
2747         return _core_
.Image_GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2749     def Size(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2751         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2753         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding 
2754         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2755         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2756         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new 
2757         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2758         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2759         newly exposed areas. 
2761         return _core_
.Image_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2763     def Copy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2767         Returns an identical copy of the image. 
2769         return _core_
.Image_Copy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2771     def Paste(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2773         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y) 
2775         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour 
2776         and any out of bounds problems. 
2778         return _core_
.Image_Paste(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2780     def GetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2782         GetData(self) -> PyObject 
2784         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image. 
2786         return _core_
.Image_GetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2788     def SetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2790         SetData(self, buffer data) 
2792         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts 
2793         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of 
2794         the data must be width*height*3. 
2796         return _core_
.Image_SetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2798     def GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2800         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject 
2802         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB 
2803         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do 
2804         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. 
2806         return _core_
.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2808     def SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2810         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data) 
2812         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer 
2813         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must 
2814         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does. 
2816         return _core_
.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2818     def GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2820         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject 
2822         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image. 
2824         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2826     def SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2828         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha) 
2830         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either 
2831         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the 
2832         data must be width*height. 
2834         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2836     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2837         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject""" 
2838         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2840     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2841         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)""" 
2842         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2844     def SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2846         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2848         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the 
2851         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2853     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2855         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b) 
2857         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour. 
2859         return _core_
.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2861     def GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2863         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte 
2865         Gets the red component of the mask colour. 
2867         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2869     def GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2871         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte 
2873         Gets the green component of the mask colour. 
2875         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2877     def GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2879         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte 
2881         Gets the blue component of the mask colour. 
2883         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2885     def SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2887         SetMask(self, bool mask=True) 
2889         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is 
2890         determined by the current mask colour. 
2892         return _core_
.Image_SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2894     def HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2896         HasMask(self) -> bool 
2898         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise. 
2900         return _core_
.Image_HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2902     def Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2904         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,  
2905             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image 
2907         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing 
2908         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is 
2909         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the 
2910         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black 
2911         will be used as the fill colour. 
2913         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact. 
2915         return _core_
.Image_Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2917     def Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2919         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image 
2921         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction 
2922         indicated by ``clockwise``. 
2924         return _core_
.Image_Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2926     def Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2928         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image 
2930         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally`` 
2931         indicates the orientation. 
2933         return _core_
.Image_Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2935     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2937         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2) 
2939         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour 
2942         return _core_
.Image_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2944     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2946         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image 
2948         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the 
2949         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb), 
2950         defaults to ITU-T BT.601 
2952         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2954     def ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2956         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image 
2958         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has 
2959         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black 
2960         colour everywhere else. 
2962         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2964     def SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2966         SetOption(self, String name, String value) 
2968         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a 
2969         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a 
2970         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good). 
2972         return _core_
.Image_SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2974     def SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2976         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value) 
2978         Sets an image option as an integer. 
2980         return _core_
.Image_SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2982     def GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2984         GetOption(self, String name) -> String 
2986         Gets the value of an image handler option. 
2988         return _core_
.Image_GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2990     def GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2992         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int 
2994         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given 
2995         option is not present, the function returns 0. 
2997         return _core_
.Image_GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2999     def HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3001         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool 
3003         Returns true if the given option is present. 
3005         return _core_
.Image_HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3007     def CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3008         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long""" 
3009         return _core_
.Image_CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3011     def ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3012         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long""" 
3013         return _core_
.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3015     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3016         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3017         return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3019     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
3020     def InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3021         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3022         return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3024     InsertHandler 
= staticmethod(InsertHandler
) 
3025     def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3026         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
3027         return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3029     RemoveHandler 
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
) 
3030     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3032         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
3034         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
3035         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
3038         return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3040     GetImageExtWildcard 
= staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard
) 
3041     def ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3042         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap""" 
3043         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3045     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3046         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap""" 
3047         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3049     def RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3051         RotateHue(self, double angle) 
3053         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the 
3054         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees 
3056         return _core_
.Image_RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3058     def RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3060         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue 
3062         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. 
3064         return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3066     RGBtoHSV 
= staticmethod(RGBtoHSV
) 
3067     def HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3069         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue 
3071         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. 
3073         return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3075     HSVtoRGB 
= staticmethod(HSVtoRGB
) 
3076     def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Ok()  
3078 class ImagePtr(Image
): 
3079     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3081         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3082         self
.__class
__ = Image
 
3083 _core_
.Image_swigregister(ImagePtr
) 
3085 def ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3087     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
3089     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as 
3090     'image/jpeg') to specify image type. 
3092     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3096 def ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3098     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
3100     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
3103     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3107 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3109     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
3111     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
3112     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string. 
3114     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3118 def EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3120     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image 
3122     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all 
3125     val 
= _core_
.new_EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3129 def ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3131     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image 
3133     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`. 
3135     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3139 def ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3141     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image 
3143     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a 
3144     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data 
3145     must be width*height*3. 
3147     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3151 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3153     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image 
3155     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel. 
3156     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the 
3157     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the 
3158     alpha data must be width*height bytes. 
3160     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3164 def Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3166     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
3168     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
3170     return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3172 def Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3174     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
3176     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
3177     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
3178     the number of available images. 
3180     return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3182 def Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3184     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
3186     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
3187     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
3190     return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3192 def Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3193     """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3194     return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3196 def Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3197     """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3198     return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3200 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3201     """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
3202     return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3204 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3206     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
3208     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
3209     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
3212     return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3214 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3216     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue 
3218     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. 
3220     return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3222 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3224     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue 
3226     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. 
3228     return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3230 def InitAllImageHandlers(): 
3232     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to 
3233     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP. 
3237 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
 
3238 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
 
3239 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
 
3240 PNG_TYPE_GREY 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY
 
3241 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
 
3242 BMP_24BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_24BPP
 
3243 BMP_8BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP
 
3244 BMP_8BPP_GREY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GREY
 
3245 BMP_8BPP_GRAY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
 
3246 BMP_8BPP_RED 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_RED
 
3247 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
 
3248 BMP_4BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_4BPP
 
3249 BMP_1BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP
 
3250 BMP_1BPP_BW 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP_BW
 
3251 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3252     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.""" 
3254         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBMPHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3255     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3257         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler 
3259         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files. 
3261         newobj 
= _core_
.new_BMPHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3262         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3266 class BMPHandlerPtr(BMPHandler
): 
3267     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3269         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3270         self
.__class
__ = BMPHandler
 
3271 _core_
.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandlerPtr
) 
3272 NullImage 
= cvar
.NullImage
 
3273 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
 
3274 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
 
3275 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
 
3276 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
 
3277 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
 
3278 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
 
3279 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
 
3280 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
 
3281 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
 
3282 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
 
3283 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
 
3284 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
 
3285 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
 
3286 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
 
3287 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
 
3289 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler
): 
3290     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.""" 
3292         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxICOHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3293     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3295         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler 
3297         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files. 
3299         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ICOHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3300         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3304 class ICOHandlerPtr(ICOHandler
): 
3305     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3307         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3308         self
.__class
__ = ICOHandler
 
3309 _core_
.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandlerPtr
) 
3311 class CURHandler(ICOHandler
): 
3312     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.""" 
3314         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCURHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3315     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3317         __init__(self) -> CURHandler 
3319         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files. 
3321         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CURHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3322         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3326 class CURHandlerPtr(CURHandler
): 
3327     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3329         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3330         self
.__class
__ = CURHandler
 
3331 _core_
.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandlerPtr
) 
3333 class ANIHandler(CURHandler
): 
3334     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.""" 
3336         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxANIHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3337     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3339         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler 
3341         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files. 
3343         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ANIHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3344         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3348 class ANIHandlerPtr(ANIHandler
): 
3349     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3351         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3352         self
.__class
__ = ANIHandler
 
3353 _core_
.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandlerPtr
) 
3355 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3356     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.""" 
3358         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3359     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3361         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler 
3363         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files. 
3365         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PNGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3366         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3370 class PNGHandlerPtr(PNGHandler
): 
3371     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3373         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3374         self
.__class
__ = PNGHandler
 
3375 _core_
.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandlerPtr
) 
3377 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3378     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.""" 
3380         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGIFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3381     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3383         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler 
3385         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files. 
3387         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GIFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3388         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3392 class GIFHandlerPtr(GIFHandler
): 
3393     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3395         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3396         self
.__class
__ = GIFHandler
 
3397 _core_
.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandlerPtr
) 
3399 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3400     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.""" 
3402         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPCXHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3403     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3405         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler 
3407         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files. 
3409         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PCXHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3410         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3414 class PCXHandlerPtr(PCXHandler
): 
3415     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3417         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3418         self
.__class
__ = PCXHandler
 
3419 _core_
.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandlerPtr
) 
3421 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3422     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.""" 
3424         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxJPEGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3425     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3427         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler 
3429         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files. 
3431         newobj 
= _core_
.new_JPEGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3432         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3436 class JPEGHandlerPtr(JPEGHandler
): 
3437     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3439         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3440         self
.__class
__ = JPEGHandler
 
3441 _core_
.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandlerPtr
) 
3443 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3444     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.""" 
3446         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3447     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3449         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler 
3451         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files. 
3453         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PNMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3454         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3458 class PNMHandlerPtr(PNMHandler
): 
3459     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3461         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3462         self
.__class
__ = PNMHandler
 
3463 _core_
.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandlerPtr
) 
3465 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3466     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.""" 
3468         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxXPMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3469     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3471         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler 
3473         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image. 
3475         newobj 
= _core_
.new_XPMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3476         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3480 class XPMHandlerPtr(XPMHandler
): 
3481     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3483         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3484         self
.__class
__ = XPMHandler
 
3485 _core_
.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandlerPtr
) 
3487 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3488     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.""" 
3490         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxTIFFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3491     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3493         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler 
3495         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files. 
3497         newobj 
= _core_
.new_TIFFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3498         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3502 class TIFFHandlerPtr(TIFFHandler
): 
3503     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3505         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3506         self
.__class
__ = TIFFHandler
 
3507 _core_
.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandlerPtr
) 
3509 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
 
3510 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
 
3511 class Quantize(object): 
3512     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage.""" 
3513     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
3515         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQuantize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3516     def Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3518         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3520         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3521         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3522         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3524         return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3526     Quantize 
= staticmethod(Quantize
) 
3528 class QuantizePtr(Quantize
): 
3529     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3531         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3532         self
.__class
__ = Quantize
 
3533 _core_
.Quantize_swigregister(QuantizePtr
) 
3535 def Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3537     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3539     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3540     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3541     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3543     return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3545 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3547 class EvtHandler(Object
): 
3548     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class""" 
3550         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvtHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3551     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3552         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3553         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EvtHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3554         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3557     def GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3558         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3559         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3561     def GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3562         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3563         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3565     def SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3566         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3567         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3569     def SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3570         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3571         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3573     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3574         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
3575         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3577     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3578         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)""" 
3579         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3581     def ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3582         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool""" 
3583         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3585     def AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3586         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)""" 
3587         return _core_
.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3589     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3590         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)""" 
3591         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3593     def Connect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3594         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)""" 
3595         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Connect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3597     def Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3598         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool""" 
3599         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3601     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3602         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)""" 
3603         val 
= _core_
.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3607     def Bind(self
, event
, handler
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3609         Bind an event to an event handler. 
3611         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the 
3612                       type of event to bind, 
3614         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the 
3615                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to 
3616                       disconnect an event handler. 
3618         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a 
3619                       different window than self, but you still 
3620                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a 
3621                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By 
3622                       passing the source of the event, the event 
3623                       handling system is able to differentiate 
3624                       between the same event type from different 
3627         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead 
3630         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler 
3631                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE. 
3633         if source 
is not None: 
3635         event
.Bind(self
, id, id2
, handler
)               
3637     def Unbind(self
, event
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3639         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self. 
3640         Returns True if successful. 
3642         if source 
is not None: 
3644         return event
.Unbind(self
, id, id2
)               
3647 class EvtHandlerPtr(EvtHandler
): 
3648     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3650         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3651         self
.__class
__ = EvtHandler
 
3652 _core_
.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandlerPtr
) 
3654 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3656 class PyEventBinder(object): 
3658     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event 
3661     def __init__(self
, evtType
, expectedIDs
=0): 
3662         if expectedIDs 
not in [0, 1, 2]: 
3663             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs" 
3664         self
.expectedIDs 
= expectedIDs
 
3666         if type(evtType
) == list or type(evtType
) == tuple: 
3667             self
.evtType 
= evtType
 
3669             self
.evtType 
= [evtType
] 
3672     def Bind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
, function
): 
3673         """Bind this set of event types to target.""" 
3674         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3675             target
.Connect(id1
, id2
, et
, function
) 
3678     def Unbind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
): 
3679         """Remove an event binding.""" 
3681         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3682             success 
+= target
.Disconnect(id1
, id2
, et
) 
3686     def __call__(self
, *args
): 
3688         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions. 
3689         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID, 
3690         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the 
3693         assert len(args
) == 2 + self
.expectedIDs
 
3697         if self
.expectedIDs 
== 0: 
3699         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 1: 
3702         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 2: 
3707             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs" 
3709         self
.Bind(target
, id1
, id2
, func
) 
3712 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole... 
3713 def EVT_COMMAND(win
, id, cmd
, func
): 
3714     win
.Connect(id, -1, cmd
, func
) 
3715 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win
, id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
): 
3716     win
.Connect(id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
) 
3719 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3721 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3723 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
 
3724 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
 
3726 def NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3727     """NewEventType() -> wxEventType""" 
3728     return _core_
.NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3729 wxEVT_NULL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NULL
 
3730 wxEVT_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_FIRST
 
3731 wxEVT_USER_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
 
3732 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
 
3733 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
 
3734 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
 
3735 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
 
3736 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
 
3737 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
 
3738 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
 
3739 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
 
3740 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
 
3741 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
 
3742 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
 
3743 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
 
3744 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
 
3745 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
 
3746 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
 
3747 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
 
3748 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
 
3749 wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
 
3750 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3751 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
 
3752 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3753 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
 
3754 wxEVT_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOTION
 
3755 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3756 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3757 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3758 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3759 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3760 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
 
3761 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
 
3762 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
 
3763 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
 
3764 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
 
3765 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
 
3766 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3767 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
 
3768 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3769 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
 
3770 wxEVT_NC_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
 
3771 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3772 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3773 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3774 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3775 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3776 wxEVT_CHAR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR
 
3777 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
 
3778 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
 
3779 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
 
3780 wxEVT_KEY_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_UP
 
3781 wxEVT_HOTKEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HOTKEY
 
3782 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
 
3783 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
 
3784 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
 
3785 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
 
3786 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
 
3787 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
 
3788 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
 
3789 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
 
3790 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
 
3791 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3792 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
 
3793 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
 
3794 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
 
3795 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
 
3796 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
 
3797 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
 
3798 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
 
3799 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
 
3800 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
 
3801 wxEVT_SIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZE
 
3802 wxEVT_MOVE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVE
 
3803 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
 
3804 wxEVT_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_END_SESSION
 
3805 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
 
3806 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
 
3807 wxEVT_POWER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_POWER
 
3808 wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
 
3809 wxEVT_CREATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CREATE
 
3810 wxEVT_DESTROY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DESTROY
 
3811 wxEVT_SHOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SHOW
 
3812 wxEVT_ICONIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ICONIZE
 
3813 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
 
3814 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
 
3815 wxEVT_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT
 
3816 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
 
3817 wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
 
3818 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
 
3819 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
 
3820 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
 
3821 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
 
3822 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
 
3823 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
 
3824 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
 
3825 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
 
3826 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
 
3827 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
 
3828 wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
 
3829 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
 
3830 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
 
3831 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
 
3832 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
 
3833 wxEVT_IDLE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_IDLE
 
3834 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI 
= _core_
.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
 
3835 wxEVT_SIZING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZING
 
3836 wxEVT_MOVING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVING
 
3837 wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
 
3838 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
 
3839 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3840 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
 
3841 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3842 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
 
3843 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
 
3844 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
 
3846 # Create some event binders 
3847 EVT_SIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE 
) 
3848 EVT_SIZING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING 
) 
3849 EVT_MOVE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE 
) 
3850 EVT_MOVING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING 
) 
3851 EVT_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
) 
3852 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
3853 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
3854 EVT_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT 
) 
3855 EVT_NC_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
) 
3856 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
) 
3857 EVT_CHAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR 
) 
3858 EVT_KEY_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
) 
3859 EVT_KEY_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP 
) 
3860 EVT_HOTKEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY
, 1)  
3861 EVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
) 
3862 EVT_MENU_OPEN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
) 
3863 EVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
) 
3864 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
, 1) 
3865 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
) 
3866 EVT_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
) 
3867 EVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
) 
3868 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
) 
3869 EVT_ACTIVATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
) 
3870 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
) 
3871 EVT_HIBERNATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
)      
3872 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
3873 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
3874 EVT_DROP_FILES 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
) 
3875 EVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
) 
3876 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
) 
3877 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
) 
3878 EVT_SHOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW 
) 
3879 EVT_MAXIMIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
) 
3880 EVT_ICONIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE 
) 
3881 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
) 
3882 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
) 
3883 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
) 
3884 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE 
) 
3885 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY 
) 
3886 EVT_SET_CURSOR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
) 
3887 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
) 
3889 EVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
) 
3890 EVT_LEFT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
) 
3891 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
) 
3892 EVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
) 
3893 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
) 
3894 EVT_RIGHT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
) 
3895 EVT_MOTION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION 
) 
3896 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
) 
3897 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
) 
3898 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
) 
3899 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
) 
3900 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
) 
3901 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
) 
3903 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
, 
3911                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
, 
3919 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow) 
3920 EVT_SCROLLWIN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
,  
3921                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
, 
3922                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
, 
3923                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
, 
3924                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
,  
3925                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
, 
3926                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
, 
3927                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
, 
3930 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
) 
3931 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
) 
3932 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
) 
3933 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
) 
3934 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
) 
3935 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
) 
3936 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
) 
3937 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
3939 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar 
3940 EVT_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,  
3941                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,  
3942                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,  
3943                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,  
3944                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,  
3945                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,  
3946                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,  
3947                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
,  
3948                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
3951 EVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
) 
3952 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
) 
3953 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
) 
3954 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
) 
3955 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
) 
3956 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
) 
3957 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
) 
3958 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
3959 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
) 
3960 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3962 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id 
3963 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,  
3964                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,  
3965                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,  
3966                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,  
3967                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,  
3968                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,  
3969                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,  
3970                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 
3971                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
3974 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 1) 
3975 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 1) 
3976 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 1) 
3977 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 1) 
3978 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 1) 
3979 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 1) 
3980 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 1) 
3981 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 1) 
3982 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 1) 
3983 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3985 EVT_BUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
, 1) 
3986 EVT_CHECKBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
, 1) 
3987 EVT_CHOICE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
, 1) 
3988 EVT_LISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3989 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
, 1) 
3990 EVT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 1) 
3991 EVT_MENU_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 2) 
3992 EVT_SLIDER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
, 1) 
3993 EVT_RADIOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3994 EVT_RADIOBUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
, 1) 
3996 EVT_SCROLLBAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
, 1) 
3997 EVT_VLBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3998 EVT_COMBOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3999 EVT_TOOL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 1) 
4000 EVT_TOOL_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 2) 
4001 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 1) 
4002 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 2) 
4003 EVT_TOOL_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
, 1) 
4004 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
, 1) 
4007 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
, 1) 
4008 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
, 1) 
4009 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
, 1) 
4010 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
, 1) 
4011 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
, 1) 
4012 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
, 1) 
4013 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
, 1) 
4015 EVT_IDLE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE 
) 
4017 EVT_UPDATE_UI 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 1) 
4018 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 2) 
4020 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
) 
4024 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4026 class Event(Object
): 
4028     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a 
4029     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for 
4032     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
4034         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4035     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Event
): 
4038             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
4041     def SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4043         SetEventType(self, wxEventType typ) 
4045         Sets the specific type of the event. 
4047         return _core_
.Event_SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4049     def GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4051         GetEventType(self) -> wxEventType 
4053         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as 
4054         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``. 
4056         return _core_
.Event_GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4058     def GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4060         GetEventObject(self) -> Object 
4062         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if 
4065         return _core_
.Event_GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4067     def SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4069         SetEventObject(self, Object obj) 
4071         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the 
4072         object that is sending the event. 
4074         return _core_
.Event_SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4076     def GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4077         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long""" 
4078         return _core_
.Event_GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4080     def SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4081         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)""" 
4082         return _core_
.Event_SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4084     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4088         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button 
4091         return _core_
.Event_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4093     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4097         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that 
4098         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu 
4101         return _core_
.Event_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4103     def IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4105         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool 
4107         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else 
4108         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes. 
4110         return _core_
.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4112     def Skip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4114         Skip(self, bool skip=True) 
4116         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event 
4117         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event 
4118         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent 
4119         additional event handlers from being called and control will be 
4120         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current 
4121         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing 
4122         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event. 
4125         return _core_
.Event_Skip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4127     def GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4129         GetSkipped(self) -> bool 
4131         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise. 
4134         return _core_
.Event_GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4136     def ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4138         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool 
4140         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not, 
4141         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0. 
4143         return _core_
.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4145     def StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4147         StopPropagation(self) -> int 
4149         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old 
4150         propagation level value which may be later passed to 
4151         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again. 
4153         return _core_
.Event_StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4155     def ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4157         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel) 
4159         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For 
4160         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to 
4164         return _core_
.Event_ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4166     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4167         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4168         return _core_
.Event_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4171 class EventPtr(Event
): 
4172     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4174         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4175         self
.__class
__ = Event
 
4176 _core_
.Event_swigregister(EventPtr
) 
4178 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4180 class PropagationDisabler(object): 
4182     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
4183     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
4184     propogation of the event will be restored. 
4187         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagationDisabler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4188     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4190         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler 
4192         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
4193         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
4194         propogation of the event will be restored. 
4196         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PropagationDisabler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4197         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4200     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagationDisabler
): 
4203             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
4207 class PropagationDisablerPtr(PropagationDisabler
): 
4208     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4210         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4211         self
.__class
__ = PropagationDisabler
 
4212 _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisablerPtr
) 
4214 class PropagateOnce(object): 
4216     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4217     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4218     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4221         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagateOnce instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4222     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4224         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce 
4226         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4227         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4228         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4230         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PropagateOnce(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4231         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4234     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagateOnce
): 
4237             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
4241 class PropagateOncePtr(PropagateOnce
): 
4242     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4244         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4245         self
.__class
__ = PropagateOnce
 
4246 _core_
.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOncePtr
) 
4248 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4250 class CommandEvent(Event
): 
4252     This event class contains information about command events, which 
4253     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4257         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4258     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4260         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent 
4262         This event class contains information about command events, which 
4263         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4266         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4267         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4270     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4272         GetSelection(self) -> int 
4274         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4277         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4279     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4280         """SetString(self, String s)""" 
4281         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4283     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4285         GetString(self) -> String 
4287         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4290         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4292     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4294         IsChecked(self) -> bool 
4296         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the 
4297         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false 
4298         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if 
4299         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only 
4300         makes sense for checkable menu items). 
4302         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4305     def IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4307         IsSelection(self) -> bool 
4309         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection, 
4310         false if it is a deselection. 
4312         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4314     def SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4315         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)""" 
4316         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4318     def GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4320         GetExtraLong(self) -> long 
4322         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the 
4323         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining 
4324         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A 
4325         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in 
4326         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the 
4327         listbox must be examined by the application. 
4329         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4331     def SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4332         """SetInt(self, int i)""" 
4333         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4335     def GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4337         GetInt(self) -> long 
4339         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or 
4340         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a 
4341         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox. 
4343         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4345     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4346         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4347         return _core_
.CommandEvent_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4350 class CommandEventPtr(CommandEvent
): 
4351     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4353         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4354         self
.__class
__ = CommandEvent
 
4355 _core_
.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEventPtr
) 
4357 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4359 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4361     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4362     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4363     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4364     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4367         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNotifyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4368     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4370         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent 
4372         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4373         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4374         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4375         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4377         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NotifyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4378         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4381     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4385         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening. 
4387         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for 
4388         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which 
4389         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising. 
4391         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4393     def Allow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4397         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be 
4398         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as 
4399         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this 
4400         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description). 
4402         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4404     def IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4406         IsAllowed(self) -> bool 
4408         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or 
4409         false otherwise (if it was). 
4411         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4414 class NotifyEventPtr(NotifyEvent
): 
4415     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4417         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4418         self
.__class
__ = NotifyEvent
 
4419 _core_
.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEventPtr
) 
4421 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4423 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4425     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone 
4426     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send 
4427     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent` 
4431         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4432     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4434         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,  
4435             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent 
4437         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ScrollEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4438         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4441     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4443         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4445         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4448         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4450     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4452         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4454         Returns the position of the scrollbar. 
4456         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4458     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4459         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4460         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4462     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4463         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4464         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4467 class ScrollEventPtr(ScrollEvent
): 
4468     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4470         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4471         self
.__class
__ = ScrollEvent
 
4472 _core_
.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEventPtr
) 
4474 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4476 class ScrollWinEvent(Event
): 
4478     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4482         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollWinEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4483     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4485         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent 
4487         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4490         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4491         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4494     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4496         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4498         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4501         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4503     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4505         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4507         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release 
4508         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you 
4509         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case. 
4511         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4513     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4514         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4515         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4517     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4518         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4519         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4522 class ScrollWinEventPtr(ScrollWinEvent
): 
4523     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4525         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4526         self
.__class
__ = ScrollWinEvent
 
4527 _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEventPtr
) 
4529 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4531 MOUSE_BTN_ANY 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
 
4532 MOUSE_BTN_NONE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
 
4533 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
 
4534 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
 
4535 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
 
4536 class MouseEvent(Event
): 
4538     This event class contains information about the events generated by 
4539     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and 
4542     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for 
4543     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and 
4544     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have 
4545     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the 
4548     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`: 
4549     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse 
4550     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is 
4551     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the 
4552     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button 
4553     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true, 
4554     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the 
4555     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same 
4556     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well. 
4559         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4560     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4562         __init__(self, wxEventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent 
4564         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are: 
4566             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
4567             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
4573             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
4576             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
4580         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MouseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4581         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4584     def IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4586         IsButton(self) -> bool 
4588         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a 
4589         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`). 
4591         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4593     def ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4595         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4597         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4598         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4599         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible 
4602         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4604     def ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4606         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4608         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4609         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4610         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible 
4613         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4615     def ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4617         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4619         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4620         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button 
4621         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values). 
4623         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4625     def Button(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4627         Button(self, int button) -> bool 
4629         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid 
4630         values of button are: 
4632              ====================      ===================================== 
4633              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed 
4634              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed 
4635              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed 
4636              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed 
4637              ====================      ===================================== 
4640         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Button(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4642     def ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4643         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool""" 
4644         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4646     def GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4648         GetButton(self) -> int 
4650         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or 
4651         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or 
4652         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for 
4653         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
4654         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the 
4655         right buttons respectively. 
4657         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4659     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4661         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
4663         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event. 
4665         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4667     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4669         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
4671         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
4673         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4675     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4677         AltDown(self) -> bool 
4679         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
4681         return _core_
.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4683     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4685         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
4687         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
4689         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4691     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4693         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
4695         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
4696         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
4697         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
4698         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
4699         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this 
4700         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
4701         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
4703         return _core_
.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4705     def LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4707         LeftDown(self) -> bool 
4709         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down. 
4711         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4713     def MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4715         MiddleDown(self) -> bool 
4717         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down. 
4719         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4721     def RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4723         RightDown(self) -> bool 
4725         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down. 
4727         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4729     def LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4731         LeftUp(self) -> bool 
4733         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up. 
4735         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4737     def MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4739         MiddleUp(self) -> bool 
4741         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up. 
4743         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4745     def RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4747         RightUp(self) -> bool 
4749         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up. 
4751         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4753     def LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4755         LeftDClick(self) -> bool 
4757         Returns true if the event was a left button double click. 
4759         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4761     def MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4763         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool 
4765         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click. 
4767         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4769     def RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4771         RightDClick(self) -> bool 
4773         Returns true if the event was a right button double click. 
4775         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4777     def LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4779         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool 
4781         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent 
4782         of the current event type. 
4784         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true 
4785         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the 
4786         state of the mouse button before the event happened. 
4788         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process 
4789         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still) 
4792         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4794     def MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4796         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool 
4798         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent 
4799         of the current event type. 
4801         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4803     def RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4805         RightIsDown(self) -> bool 
4807         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent 
4808         of the current event type. 
4810         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4812     def Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4814         Dragging(self) -> bool 
4816         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is 
4819         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4821     def Moving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4823         Moving(self) -> bool 
4825         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were 
4826         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns 
4827         false and Dragging returns true. 
4829         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Moving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4831     def Entering(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4833         Entering(self) -> bool 
4835         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window. 
4837         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Entering(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4839     def Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4841         Leaving(self) -> bool 
4843         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window. 
4845         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4847     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4849         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
4851         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4854         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4856     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4858         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
4860         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4863         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4865     def GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4867         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point 
4869         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated 
4870         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates 
4871         that the window has been scrolled). 
4873         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4875     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4879         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
4881         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4883     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4887         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
4889         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4891     def GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4893         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int 
4895         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of 
4896         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to 
4897         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be 
4898         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one 
4899         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either 
4900         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values 
4901         have been accumulated before scrolling. 
4903         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4905     def GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4907         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int 
4909         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be 
4910         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment) 
4911         should occur for each delta. 
4913         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4915     def GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4917         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int 
4919         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled 
4920         per wheel action. Defaults to three. 
4922         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4924     def IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4926         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool 
4928         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with 
4929         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling. 
4931         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4933     m_x 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_set
) 
4934     m_y 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_set
) 
4935     m_leftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set
) 
4936     m_middleDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set
) 
4937     m_rightDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set
) 
4938     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
4939     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
4940     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
4941     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
4942     m_wheelRotation 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set
) 
4943     m_wheelDelta 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set
) 
4944     m_linesPerAction 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set
) 
4946 class MouseEventPtr(MouseEvent
): 
4947     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4949         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4950         self
.__class
__ = MouseEvent
 
4951 _core_
.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEventPtr
) 
4953 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4955 class SetCursorEvent(Event
): 
4957     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set 
4958     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the 
4959     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the 
4960     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor` 
4961     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed. 
4964         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSetCursorEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4965     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4967         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent 
4969         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`. 
4971         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SetCursorEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4972         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4975     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4979         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
4981         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4983     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4987         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
4989         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4991     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4993         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) 
4995         Sets the cursor associated with this event. 
4997         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4999     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5001         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
5003         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event. 
5005         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5007     def HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5009         HasCursor(self) -> bool 
5011         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor. 
5013         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5016 class SetCursorEventPtr(SetCursorEvent
): 
5017     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5019         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5020         self
.__class
__ = SetCursorEvent
 
5021 _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEventPtr
) 
5023 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5025 class KeyEvent(Event
): 
5027     This event class contains information about keypress and character 
5028     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has 
5031     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in 
5032     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference 
5033     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press 
5034     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just 
5035     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will 
5036     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only 
5037     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event 
5038     corresponding to each down one. 
5040     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event 
5041     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric 
5042     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of 
5043     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in 
5044     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the 
5045     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for 
5048     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed 
5049     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key 
5050     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key 
5051     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and 
5052     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be 
5053     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as 
5056     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code 
5057     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value 
5058     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this 
5059     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the 
5060     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly 
5061     by the system itself. 
5063     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed: 
5064     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the 
5065     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1, 
5066     the ASCII value of this key combination. 
5068     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave 
5069     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and 
5070     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard 
5073     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not 
5074     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not 
5075     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both 
5076     types of events to be a bit simpler. 
5078     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets 
5079     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and 
5080     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char 
5081     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator). 
5083     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't 
5084     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to 
5089         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5090     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5092         __init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent 
5094         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are: 
5097         newobj 
= _core_
.new_KeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5098         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5101     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5103         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
5105         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event. 
5107         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5109     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5111         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
5113         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
5115         return _core_
.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5117     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5119         AltDown(self) -> bool 
5121         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
5123         return _core_
.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5125     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5127         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
5129         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
5131         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5133     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5135         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
5137         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
5138         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
5139         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
5140         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
5141         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this 
5142         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
5143         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
5145         return _core_
.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5147     def HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5149         HasModifiers(self) -> bool 
5151         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the 
5152         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither 
5153         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that 
5154         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the 
5155         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed 
5158         return _core_
.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5160     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5162         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
5164         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values, 
5165         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left 
5166         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key 
5169         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if 
5170         the user entered a character that can be represented in current 
5171         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode 
5172         character using `GetUnicodeKey`. 
5174         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5176     KeyCode 
= GetKeyCode 
 
5177     def GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5179         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int 
5181         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This 
5182         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython. 
5184         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5186     GetUniChar 
= GetUnicodeKey 
 
5187     def GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5189         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int 
5191         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent 
5192         scan code which should only be used in advanced 
5193         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all 
5196         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5198     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5200         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int 
5202         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are 
5203         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications. 
5204         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports. 
5206         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5208     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5210         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5212         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5214         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5216     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5218         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
5220         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5222         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5224     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5228         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5231         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5233     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5237         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5240         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5242     m_x 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_set
) 
5243     m_y 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_set
) 
5244     m_keyCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set
) 
5245     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
5246     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
5247     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
5248     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
5249     m_scanCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set
) 
5250     m_rawCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set
) 
5251     m_rawFlags 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set
) 
5253 class KeyEventPtr(KeyEvent
): 
5254     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5256         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5257         self
.__class
__ = KeyEvent
 
5258 _core_
.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEventPtr
) 
5260 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5262 class SizeEvent(Event
): 
5264     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE 
5265     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has 
5268     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call 
5269     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the 
5272     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is 
5273     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the 
5274     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the 
5275     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole 
5276     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to 
5277     invalidate the entire window. 
5281         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5282     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5284         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent 
5286         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``. 
5288         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5289         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5292     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5294         GetSize(self) -> Size 
5296         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change 
5299         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5301     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5302         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5303         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5305     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5306         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5307         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5309     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5310         """SetSize(self, Size size)""" 
5311         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5313     m_size 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_set
) 
5314     m_rect 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_set
) 
5316 class SizeEventPtr(SizeEvent
): 
5317     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5319         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5320         self
.__class
__ = SizeEvent
 
5321 _core_
.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEventPtr
) 
5323 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5325 class MoveEvent(Event
): 
5327     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is 
5328     moved to a new position. 
5331         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMoveEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5332     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5334         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent 
5338         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MoveEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5339         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5342     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5344         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5346         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event. 
5348         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5350     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5351         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5352         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5354     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5355         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5356         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5358     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5359         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)""" 
5360         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5362     m_pos 
=  property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
5363     m_rect 
= property(GetRect
, SetRect
) 
5366 class MoveEventPtr(MoveEvent
): 
5367     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5369         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5370         self
.__class
__ = MoveEvent
 
5371 _core_
.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEventPtr
) 
5373 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5375 class PaintEvent(Event
): 
5377     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted. 
5378     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create 
5379     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS 
5380     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send 
5381     the event again, causing endless refreshes. 
5383     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been 
5384     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`, 
5385     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of 
5386     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some 
5387     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical, 
5392         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5393     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5394         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent""" 
5395         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5396         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5400 class PaintEventPtr(PaintEvent
): 
5401     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5403         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5404         self
.__class
__ = PaintEvent
 
5405 _core_
.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEventPtr
) 
5407 class NcPaintEvent(Event
): 
5408     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class""" 
5410         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNcPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5411     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5412         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent""" 
5413         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NcPaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5414         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5418 class NcPaintEventPtr(NcPaintEvent
): 
5419     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5421         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5422         self
.__class
__ = NcPaintEvent
 
5423 _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEventPtr
) 
5425 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5427 class EraseEvent(Event
): 
5429     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be 
5430     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event 
5431     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated 
5432     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker. 
5434     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned 
5435     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary 
5436     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that. 
5440         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEraseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5441     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5443         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent 
5447         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EraseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5448         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5451     def GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5455         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If 
5456         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use 
5459         return _core_
.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5462 class EraseEventPtr(EraseEvent
): 
5463     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5465         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5466         self
.__class
__ = EraseEvent
 
5467 _core_
.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEventPtr
) 
5469 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5471 class FocusEvent(Event
): 
5473     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing 
5474     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it 
5475     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event. 
5477     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus 
5478     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is 
5479     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`. 
5483         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5484     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5486         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent 
5490         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5491         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5494     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5496         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5498         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the 
5499         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the 
5500         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event. 
5502         Warning: the window returned may be None! 
5504         return _core_
.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5506     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5507         """SetWindow(self, Window win)""" 
5508         return _core_
.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5511 class FocusEventPtr(FocusEvent
): 
5512     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5514         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5515         self
.__class
__ = FocusEvent
 
5516 _core_
.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEventPtr
) 
5518 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5520 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5522     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the 
5523     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window 
5527         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxChildFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5528     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5530         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent 
5534         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5535         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5538     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5540         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5542         The window which has just received the focus. 
5544         return _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5547 class ChildFocusEventPtr(ChildFocusEvent
): 
5548     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5550         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5551         self
.__class
__ = ChildFocusEvent
 
5552 _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEventPtr
) 
5554 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5556 class ActivateEvent(Event
): 
5558     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire 
5559     application is being activated or deactivated. 
5561     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when 
5562     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the 
5563     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus. 
5564     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames 
5565     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all 
5566     application frames being inactive. 
5568     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers 
5569     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not 
5570     doing so can result in strange effects. 
5574         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxActivateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5575     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5577         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent 
5581         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ActivateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5582         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5585     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5587         GetActive(self) -> bool 
5589         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false 
5592         return _core_
.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5595 class ActivateEventPtr(ActivateEvent
): 
5596     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5598         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5599         self
.__class
__ = ActivateEvent
 
5600 _core_
.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEventPtr
) 
5602 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5604 class InitDialogEvent(Event
): 
5606     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for 
5607     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this 
5608     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be 
5609     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler 
5610     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`. 
5613         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInitDialogEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5614     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5616         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent 
5620         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InitDialogEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5621         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5625 class InitDialogEventPtr(InitDialogEvent
): 
5626     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5628         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5629         self
.__class
__ = InitDialogEvent
 
5630 _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEventPtr
) 
5632 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5634 class MenuEvent(Event
): 
5636     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that 
5637     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending 
5638     `wx.CommandEvent` objects. 
5640     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help 
5641     text in the first field of the status bar. 
5644         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5645     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5647         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent 
5651         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5652         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5655     def GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5657         GetMenuId(self) -> int 
5659         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method 
5660         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events. 
5662         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5664     def IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5666         IsPopup(self) -> bool 
5668         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a 
5669         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only 
5670         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5672         return _core_
.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5674     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5676         GetMenu(self) -> Menu 
5678         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should 
5679         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5681         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5684 class MenuEventPtr(MenuEvent
): 
5685     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5687         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5688         self
.__class
__ = MenuEvent
 
5689 _core_
.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEventPtr
) 
5691 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5693 class CloseEvent(Event
): 
5695     This event class contains information about window and session close 
5698     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried 
5699     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or 
5700     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself 
5701     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close` 
5704     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of 
5705     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy 
5706     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``, 
5707     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not. 
5708     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save 
5709     files or to cancel the close. 
5711     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the 
5712     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the 
5713     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending 
5714     on whether the close instruction was honored or not. 
5717         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCloseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5718     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5720         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent 
5724         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CloseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5725         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5728     def SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5730         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff) 
5732         Sets the 'logging off' flag. 
5734         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5736     def GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5738         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool 
5740         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the 
5741         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end 
5742         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close 
5745         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5747     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5749         Veto(self, bool veto=True) 
5751         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to 
5752         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen. 
5754         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true. 
5756         return _core_
.CloseEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5758     def GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5759         """GetVeto(self) -> bool""" 
5760         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5762     def SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5764         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto) 
5766         Sets the 'can veto' flag. 
5768         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5770     def CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5772         CanVeto(self) -> bool 
5774         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close 
5775         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling 
5776         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function 
5777         must be called to check this. 
5779         return _core_
.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5782 class CloseEventPtr(CloseEvent
): 
5783     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5785         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5786         self
.__class
__ = CloseEvent
 
5787 _core_
.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEventPtr
) 
5789 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5791 class ShowEvent(Event
): 
5792     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.""" 
5794         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxShowEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5795     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5797         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent 
5799         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden. 
5801         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ShowEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5802         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5805     def SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5806         """SetShow(self, bool show)""" 
5807         return _core_
.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5809     def GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5810         """GetShow(self) -> bool""" 
5811         return _core_
.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5814 class ShowEventPtr(ShowEvent
): 
5815     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5817         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5818         self
.__class
__ = ShowEvent
 
5819 _core_
.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEventPtr
) 
5821 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5823 class IconizeEvent(Event
): 
5825     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5829         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIconizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5830     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5832         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent 
5834         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5837         newobj 
= _core_
.new_IconizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5838         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5841     def Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5843         Iconized(self) -> bool 
5845         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has 
5848         return _core_
.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5851 class IconizeEventPtr(IconizeEvent
): 
5852     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5854         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5855         self
.__class
__ = IconizeEvent
 
5856 _core_
.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEventPtr
) 
5858 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5860 class MaximizeEvent(Event
): 
5861     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.""" 
5863         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMaximizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5864     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5866         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent 
5868         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored. 
5870         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MaximizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5871         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5875 class MaximizeEventPtr(MaximizeEvent
): 
5876     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5878         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5879         self
.__class
__ = MaximizeEvent
 
5880 _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEventPtr
) 
5882 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5884 class DropFilesEvent(Event
): 
5886     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have 
5887     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available 
5888     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for 
5889     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`. 
5891     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general 
5892     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This 
5893     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of 
5896     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop 
5900     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
5902         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDropFilesEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5903     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5905         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5907         Returns the position at which the files were dropped. 
5909         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5911     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5913         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int 
5915         Returns the number of files dropped. 
5917         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5919     def GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5921         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject 
5923         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped. 
5925         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5928 class DropFilesEventPtr(DropFilesEvent
): 
5929     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5931         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5932         self
.__class
__ = DropFilesEvent
 
5933 _core_
.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEventPtr
) 
5935 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5937 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
 
5938 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
5939 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5941     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by 
5942     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user 
5945     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to 
5946     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as 
5947     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be 
5948     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a 
5949     menu item or button. 
5951     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the 
5952     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets 
5953     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to 
5954     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more 
5955     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether 
5956     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can 
5957     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same. 
5959     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call 
5960     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will 
5961     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to 
5964     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just 
5965     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process 
5966     any UI events for the window that owns the menu. 
5968     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting 
5969     your application, you can do one or both of the following: 
5971        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of 
5972           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style 
5973           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should 
5974           receive update events. No other windows will receive update 
5977        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond 
5978           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call 
5979           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when 
5980           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight 
5981           delay before windows are updated. 
5983     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE 
5984     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent 
5985     from an internal idle handler. 
5987     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On 
5988     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu 
5989     is about to be shown, and not in idle time. 
5993         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxUpdateUIEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5994     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5996         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent 
6000         newobj 
= _core_
.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6001         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6004     def GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6006         GetChecked(self) -> bool 
6008         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked. 
6010         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6012     def GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6014         GetEnabled(self) -> bool 
6016         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled. 
6018         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6020     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6022         GetText(self) -> String 
6024         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element. 
6026         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6028     def GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6030         GetSetText(self) -> bool 
6032         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For 
6033         wxWidgets internal use only. 
6035         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6037     def GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6039         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool 
6041         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets 
6044         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6046     def GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6048         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool 
6050         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets 
6053         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6055     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6057         Check(self, bool check) 
6059         Check or uncheck the UI element. 
6061         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6063     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6065         Enable(self, bool enable) 
6067         Enable or disable the UI element. 
6069         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6071     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6073         SetText(self, String text) 
6075         Sets the text for this UI element. 
6077         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6079     def SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6081         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
6083         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
6084         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
6087         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
6088         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
6089         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
6090         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
6093         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6095     SetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval
) 
6096     def GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6098         GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
6100         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
6101         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
6103         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6105     GetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval
) 
6106     def CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6108         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
6110         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
6113         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
6114         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
6115         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
6116         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
6117         this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
6118         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
6119         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
6120         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
6124         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6126     CanUpdate 
= staticmethod(CanUpdate
) 
6127     def ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6131         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
6132         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
6133         is called at the end of idle processing. 
6135         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6137     ResetUpdateTime 
= staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime
) 
6138     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6142         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
6143         to those which specify that they will process the events. 
6145         The mode may be one of the following values: 
6147             =============================   ========================================== 
6148             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
6149                                             is the default setting. 
6150             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
6151                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
6153             =============================   ========================================== 
6156         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6158     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6159     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6163         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6164         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6167         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6169     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6171 class UpdateUIEventPtr(UpdateUIEvent
): 
6172     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6174         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6175         self
.__class
__ = UpdateUIEvent
 
6176 _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEventPtr
) 
6178 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6180     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
6182     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
6183     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
6186     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
6187     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
6188     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
6189     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
6192     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6194 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6196     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
6198     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
6199     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
6201     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6203 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6205     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
6207     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
6210     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
6211     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
6212     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
6213     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
6214     this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
6215     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
6216     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
6217     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
6221     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6223 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6225     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime() 
6227     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
6228     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
6229     is called at the end of idle processing. 
6231     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6233 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6235     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6237     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
6238     to those which specify that they will process the events. 
6240     The mode may be one of the following values: 
6242         =============================   ========================================== 
6243         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
6244                                         is the default setting. 
6245         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
6246                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
6248         =============================   ========================================== 
6251     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6253 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6255     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6257     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6258     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6261     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6263 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6265 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event
): 
6267     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated 
6268     when the user changes the colour settings using the control 
6269     panel. This is only applicable under Windows. 
6271     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child 
6272     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If 
6273     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call 
6274     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to 
6275     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly. 
6279         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSysColourChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6280     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6282         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent 
6286         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6287         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6291 class SysColourChangedEventPtr(SysColourChangedEvent
): 
6292     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6294         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6295         self
.__class
__ = SysColourChangedEvent
 
6296 _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEventPtr
) 
6298 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6300 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event
): 
6302     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to 
6303     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if 
6304     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling 
6305     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture 
6306     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code. 
6308     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6311         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6312     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6314         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent 
6318         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6319         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6322     def GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6324         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window 
6326         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a 
6327         non-wxWidgets window. 
6329         return _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6332 class MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr(MouseCaptureChangedEvent
): 
6333     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6335         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6336         self
.__class
__ = MouseCaptureChangedEvent
 
6337 _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr
) 
6339 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6341 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event
): 
6343     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display 
6344     resolution has changed. 
6346     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6349         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDisplayChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6350     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6351         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent""" 
6352         newobj 
= _core_
.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6353         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6357 class DisplayChangedEventPtr(DisplayChangedEvent
): 
6358     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6360         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6361         self
.__class
__ = DisplayChangedEvent
 
6362 _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEventPtr
) 
6364 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6366 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event
): 
6368     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6369     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6372     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6375         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaletteChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6376     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6378         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent 
6380         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6381         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6384         This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6386         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6387         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6390     def SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6391         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)""" 
6392         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6394     def GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6395         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window""" 
6396         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6399 class PaletteChangedEventPtr(PaletteChangedEvent
): 
6400     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6402         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6403         self
.__class
__ = PaletteChangedEvent
 
6404 _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEventPtr
) 
6406 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6408 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event
): 
6410     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard 
6411     focus and should re-do its palette. 
6413     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6416         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQueryNewPaletteEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6417     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6419         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent 
6423         newobj 
= _core_
.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6424         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6427     def SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6429         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized) 
6431         App should set this if it changes the palette. 
6433         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6435     def GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6436         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool""" 
6437         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6440 class QueryNewPaletteEventPtr(QueryNewPaletteEvent
): 
6441     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6443         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6444         self
.__class
__ = QueryNewPaletteEvent
 
6445 _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEventPtr
) 
6447 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6449 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event
): 
6451     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between 
6452     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not 
6453     catch navigation events in applications as there are already 
6454     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find 
6455     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change 
6456     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call 
6457     `wx.Window.Navigate`. 
6460         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNavigationKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6461     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6462         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent""" 
6463         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6464         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6467     def GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6469         GetDirection(self) -> bool 
6471         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise. 
6473         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6475     def SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6477         SetDirection(self, bool forward) 
6479         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the 
6480         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab. 
6482         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6484     def IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6486         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool 
6488         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed. 
6490         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6492     def SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6494         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange) 
6496         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows. 
6497         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented 
6498         by using Control-Tab. 
6500         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6502     def IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6504         IsFromTab(self) -> bool 
6506         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab 
6509         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6511     def SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6513         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs) 
6515         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key. 
6516         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons. 
6518         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6520     def SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6522         SetFlags(self, long flags) 
6524         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following: 
6526             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward 
6527             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward 
6528             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange 
6529             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab 
6532         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6534     def GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6536         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window 
6538         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be 
6541         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6543     def SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6545         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win) 
6547         Set the window that has the focus. 
6549         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6551     IsBackward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
 
6552     IsForward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
 
6553     WinChange 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
 
6554     FromTab 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
 
6556 class NavigationKeyEventPtr(NavigationKeyEvent
): 
6557     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6559         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6560         self
.__class
__ = NavigationKeyEvent
 
6561 _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEventPtr
) 
6563 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6565 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6567     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6568     underlying GUI object) exists. 
6571         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowCreateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6572     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6574         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent 
6576         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6577         underlying GUI object) exists. 
6579         newobj 
= _core_
.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6580         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6583     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6585         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6587         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6589         return _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6592 class WindowCreateEventPtr(WindowCreateEvent
): 
6593     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6595         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6596         self
.__class
__ = WindowCreateEvent
 
6597 _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEventPtr
) 
6599 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6601     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor 
6602     when the GUI window is destroyed. 
6604     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will 
6605     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event 
6606     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is 
6607     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to 
6608     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get 
6609     notification of the destruction of another window. 
6612         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowDestroyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6613     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6615         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent 
6617         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor 
6618         when the GUI window is destroyed. 
6620         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will 
6621         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event 
6622         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is 
6623         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to 
6624         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get 
6625         notification of the destruction of another window. 
6627         newobj 
= _core_
.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6628         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6631     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6633         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6635         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6637         return _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6640 class WindowDestroyEventPtr(WindowDestroyEvent
): 
6641     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6643         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6644         self
.__class
__ = WindowDestroyEvent
 
6645 _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEventPtr
) 
6647 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6649 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6651     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to 
6652     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu. 
6655         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxContextMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6656     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6658         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent 
6662         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6663         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6666     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6668         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
6670         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should 
6673         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6675     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6677         SetPosition(self, Point pos) 
6679         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown. 
6681         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6684 class ContextMenuEventPtr(ContextMenuEvent
): 
6685     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6687         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6688         self
.__class
__ = ContextMenuEvent
 
6689 _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEventPtr
) 
6691 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6693 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
 
6694 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
6695 class IdleEvent(Event
): 
6697     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent 
6698     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the 
6699     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by 
6700     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are 
6701     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal 
6702     events and then becomes empty again. 
6704     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a 
6705     significant overhead in your application, you can call 
6706     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and 
6707     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window 
6708     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent 
6709     to those windows and not to any others. 
6712         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIdleEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6713     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6715         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent 
6719         newobj 
= _core_
.new_IdleEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6720         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6723     def RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6725         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True) 
6727         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be 
6728         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the 
6729         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the 
6730         application windows. If no window calls this function during its 
6731         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event 
6732         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing 
6735         return _core_
.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6737     def MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6739         MoreRequested(self) -> bool 
6741         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event 
6742         requested more processing time. 
6744         return _core_
.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6746     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6750         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6751         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6754         The mode can be one of the following values: 
6756             =========================   ======================================== 
6757             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6758             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6759                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6761             =========================   ======================================== 
6764         return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6766     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6767     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6771         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6772         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6773         will process the events. 
6775         return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6777     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6778     def CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6780         CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6782         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6785         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6786         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6787         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6788         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6789         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6790         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6792         return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6794     CanSend 
= staticmethod(CanSend
) 
6796 class IdleEventPtr(IdleEvent
): 
6797     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6799         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6800         self
.__class
__ = IdleEvent
 
6801 _core_
.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEventPtr
) 
6803 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6805     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6807     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6808     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6811     The mode can be one of the following values: 
6813         =========================   ======================================== 
6814         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6815         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6816                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6818         =========================   ======================================== 
6821     return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6823 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6825     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6827     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6828     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6829     will process the events. 
6831     return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6833 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6835     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6837     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6840     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6841     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6842     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6843     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6844     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6845     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6847     return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6849 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6851 class PyEvent(Event
): 
6853     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event 
6854     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of 
6855     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport 
6856     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have 
6857     them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6859     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent` 
6863         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6864     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6865         """__init__(self, int winid=0, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent""" 
6866         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6867         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6872     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyEvent
): 
6875             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6878     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6879         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6880         return _core_
.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6882     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6883         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6884         return _core_
.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6887 class PyEventPtr(PyEvent
): 
6888     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6890         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6891         self
.__class
__ = PyEvent
 
6892 _core_
.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEventPtr
) 
6894 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6896     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom 
6897     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent 
6898     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class 
6899     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is 
6900     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event 
6901     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6907         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6908     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6909         """__init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent""" 
6910         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6911         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6916     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyCommandEvent
): 
6919             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6922     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6923         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6924         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6926     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6927         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6928         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6931 class PyCommandEventPtr(PyCommandEvent
): 
6932     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6934         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6935         self
.__class
__ = PyCommandEvent
 
6936 _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEventPtr
) 
6938 class DateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6940     This event class holds information about a date change event and is 
6941     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class 
6942     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with 
6946         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6947     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6948         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, wxEventType type) -> DateEvent""" 
6949         newobj 
= _core_
.new_DateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6950         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6953     def GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6955         GetDate(self) -> DateTime 
6959         return _core_
.DateEvent_GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6961     def SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6963         SetDate(self, DateTime date) 
6965         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library 
6968         return _core_
.DateEvent_SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6971 class DateEventPtr(DateEvent
): 
6972     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6974         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6975         self
.__class
__ = DateEvent
 
6976 _core_
.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEventPtr
) 
6978 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
 
6979 EVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
, 1 ) 
6981 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6983 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
 
6984 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
 
6985 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
 
6986 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
 
6987 PRINT_WINDOWS 
= _core_
.PRINT_WINDOWS
 
6988 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT 
= _core_
.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
 
6989 class PyApp(EvtHandler
): 
6991     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the 
6992     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead. 
6995         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyApp instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6996     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6998         __init__(self) -> PyApp 
7000         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process. 
7002         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7003         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7006         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyApp
, False) 
7007         self
._setOORInfo
(self
, False) 
7009     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyApp
): 
7012             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7015     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7016         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)""" 
7017         return _core_
.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7019     def GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7021         GetAppName(self) -> String 
7023         Get the application name. 
7025         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7027     def SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7029         SetAppName(self, String name) 
7031         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by 
7032         `wx.Config` and such. 
7034         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7036     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7038         GetClassName(self) -> String 
7040         Get the application's class name. 
7042         return _core_
.PyApp_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7044     def SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7046         SetClassName(self, String name) 
7048         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for 
7049         X-resources if applicable for the platform 
7051         return _core_
.PyApp_SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7053     def GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7055         GetVendorName(self) -> String 
7057         Get the application's vendor name. 
7059         return _core_
.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7061     def SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7063         SetVendorName(self, String name) 
7065         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used 
7066         automatically by `wx.Config` and such. 
7068         return _core_
.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7070     def GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7072         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits 
7074         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we 
7075         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the 
7076         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding 
7077         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is 
7078         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the 
7079         differences behind the common facade. 
7081         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython. 
7083         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7085     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7087         ProcessPendingEvents(self) 
7089         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to 
7090         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens 
7091         during each event loop iteration. 
7093         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7095     def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7097         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7099         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting 
7100         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield`` 
7101         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True. 
7103         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected 
7104               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may 
7105               result in calling the same event handler again), use with 
7106               extreme care or, better, don't use at all! 
7108         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield` 
7111         return _core_
.PyApp_Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7113     def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7117         Make sure that idle events are sent again. 
7118         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle` 
7120         return _core_
.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7122     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7124         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7126         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7127         currently be dispatched. 
7129         return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7131     IsMainLoopRunning 
= staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning
) 
7132     def MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7134         MainLoop(self) -> int 
7136         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until 
7137         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed. 
7139         return _core_
.PyApp_MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7141     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7145         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application. 
7148         return _core_
.PyApp_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7150     def ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7154         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main 
7155         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!) 
7157         return _core_
.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7159     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7161         Pending(self) -> bool 
7163         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue. 
7165         return _core_
.PyApp_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7167     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7169         Dispatch(self) -> bool 
7171         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event 
7172         appears if there are none currently) 
7174         return _core_
.PyApp_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7176     def ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7178         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool 
7180         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are 
7181         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested 
7182         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not. 
7184         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7186     def SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7188         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool 
7190         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more 
7191         idle time is requested. 
7193         return _core_
.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7195     def IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7197         IsActive(self) -> bool 
7199         Return True if our app has focus. 
7201         return _core_
.PyApp_IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7203     def SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7205         SetTopWindow(self, Window win) 
7207         Set the *main* top level window 
7209         return _core_
.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7211     def GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7213         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window 
7215         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously 
7216         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if 
7217         there not any, will return None) 
7219         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7221     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7223         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag) 
7225         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main 
7226         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program 
7227         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with 
7228         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop() 
7229         explicitly from somewhere. 
7231         return _core_
.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7233     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7235         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool 
7237         Get the current exit behaviour setting. 
7239         return _core_
.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7241     def SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7243         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag) 
7245         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on 
7246         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.) 
7248         return _core_
.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7250     def GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7252         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool 
7254         Get current UseBestVisual setting. 
7256         return _core_
.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7258     def SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7259         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)""" 
7260         return _core_
.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7262     def GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7263         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int""" 
7264         return _core_
.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7266     def SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7268         SetAssertMode(self, int mode) 
7270         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds. 
7272         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7274     def GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7276         GetAssertMode(self) -> int 
7278         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting. 
7280         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7282     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7283         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7284         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7286     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7287     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7288         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7289         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7291     GetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7292     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7293         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7294         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7296     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7297     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7298         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7299         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7301     GetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7302     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7303         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7304         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7306     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7307     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7308         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7309         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7311     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7312     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7313         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7314         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7316     SetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7317     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7318         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7319         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7321     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7322     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7323         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7324         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7326     SetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7327     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7328         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7329         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7331     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7332     def _BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7336         For internal use only 
7338         return _core_
.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7340     def GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7342         GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7344         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7345         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7347         return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7349     GetComCtl32Version 
= staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version
) 
7351 class PyAppPtr(PyApp
): 
7352     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7354         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7355         self
.__class
__ = PyApp
 
7356 _core_
.PyApp_swigregister(PyAppPtr
) 
7358 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7360     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7362     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7363     currently be dispatched. 
7365     return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7367 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7368     """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7369     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7371 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7372     """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7373     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7375 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7376     """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7377     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7379 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7380     """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7381     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7383 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7384     """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7385     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7387 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7388     """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7389     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7391 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7392     """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7393     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7395 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7396     """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7397     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7399 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7400     """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7401     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7403 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7404     """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7405     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7407 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7409     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7411     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7412     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7414     return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7416 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7419 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7423     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit() 
7425     return _core_
.Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7427 def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7431     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield() 
7433     return _core_
.Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7435 def YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7437     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool 
7439     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True) 
7441     return _core_
.YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7443 def SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7445     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7447     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the 
7448     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and 
7449     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window 
7450     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user 
7453     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`. 
7455     return _core_
.SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7457 def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7461     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be 
7464     return _core_
.WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7466 def PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7468     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event) 
7470     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed 
7473     return _core_
.PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7475 def App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7479     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when 
7482     return _core_
.App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7484 def GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7488     Return a reference to the current wx.App object. 
7490     return _core_
.GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7492 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7494     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding) 
7496     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a 
7497     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7499     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]`` 
7500     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale 
7501     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please 
7502     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
7503     between the common latin/roman encodings. 
7505     return _core_
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7507 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7509     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string 
7511     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to 
7512     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7514     return _core_
.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7515 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7517 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow
: 
7519     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and 
7520     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to 
7521     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area 
7522     and write the text there. 
7524     def __init__(self
, title 
= "wxPython: stdout/stderr"): 
7527         self
.pos    
= wx
.DefaultPosition
 
7528         self
.size   
= (450, 300) 
7531     def SetParent(self
, parent
): 
7532         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent.""" 
7533         self
.parent 
= parent
 
7536     def CreateOutputWindow(self
, st
): 
7537         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(self
.parent
, -1, self
.title
, self
.pos
, self
.size
, 
7538                               style
=wx
.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE
) 
7539         self
.text  
= wx
.TextCtrl(self
.frame
, -1, "", 
7540                                  style
=wx
.TE_MULTILINE|wx
.TE_READONLY
) 
7541         self
.text
.AppendText(st
) 
7542         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7543         EVT_CLOSE(self
.frame
, self
.OnCloseWindow
) 
7546     def OnCloseWindow(self
, event
): 
7547         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7548             self
.frame
.Destroy() 
7553     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour. 
7554     def write(self
, text
): 
7556         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it. 
7557         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses 
7558         CallAfter to do the work there. 
7560         if self
.frame 
is None: 
7561             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7562                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.CreateOutputWindow
, text
) 
7564                 self
.CreateOutputWindow(text
) 
7566             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7567                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.text
.AppendText
, text
) 
7569                 self
.text
.AppendText(text
) 
7573         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7574             wx
.CallAfter(self
.frame
.Close
) 
7582 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7584 _defRedirect 
= (wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMSW__' or wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMAC__') 
7586 class App(wx
.PyApp
): 
7588     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to: 
7590       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying 
7592       * set and get application-wide properties 
7593       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop, 
7594         and to dispatch events to window instances 
7597     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all 
7598     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the 
7599     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui 
7600     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized. 
7602     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an 
7603     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls 
7604     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``. 
7606     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used 
7610     outputWindowClass 
= PyOnDemandOutputWindow
 
7612     def __init__(self
, redirect
=_defRedirect
, filename
=None, 
7613                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7615         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.   
7617         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be 
7618             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False 
7619             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be 
7620             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can 
7621             control what kind of window is created for the output by 
7622             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a 
7623             class of your choosing.) 
7625         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if 
7628         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best 
7629             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on 
7630             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter 
7631             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later 
7632             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI 
7633             toolkit is initialized. 
7635         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the 
7636             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other 
7639         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition 
7640             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and 
7641             wxWidgets are fully initialized. 
7643         wx
.PyApp
.__init
__(self
) 
7645         if wx
.Platform 
== "__WXMAC__": 
7648                 if not MacOS
.WMAvailable(): 
7650 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw', 
7651 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of 
7659         # This has to be done before OnInit 
7660         self
.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual
) 
7662         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem 
7663         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this 
7664         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send 
7665         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By 
7666         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as 
7667         # expected (depending on platform.) 
7671                 signal
.signal(signal
.SIGINT
, signal
.SIG_DFL
) 
7675         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window? 
7676         self
.stdioWin 
= None 
7677         self
.saveStdio 
= (_sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
) 
7679             self
.RedirectStdio(filename
) 
7681         # Use Python's install prefix as the default   
7682         wx
.StandardPaths
.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys
.prefix
) 
7684         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls 
7685         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class 
7686         self
._BootstrapApp
() 
7689     def __del__(self
, destroy
=wx
.PyApp
.__del
__): 
7690         self
.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden 
7694         wx
.PyApp
.Destroy(self
) 
7697     def SetTopWindow(self
, frame
): 
7698         """Set the \"main\" top level window""" 
7700             self
.stdioWin
.SetParent(frame
) 
7701         wx
.PyApp
.SetTopWindow(self
, frame
) 
7705         """Execute the main GUI event loop""" 
7706         wx
.PyApp
.MainLoop(self
) 
7710     def RedirectStdio(self
, filename
=None): 
7711         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window.""" 
7713             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= open(filename
, 'a') 
7715             self
.stdioWin 
= self
.outputWindowClass() 
7716             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= self
.stdioWin
 
7719     def RestoreStdio(self
): 
7721             _sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr 
= self
.saveStdio
 
7726     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self
, title
=None, pos
=None, size
=None): 
7728         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if 
7729         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before 
7730         any output would cause the output window to be created. 
7733             if title 
is not None: 
7734                 self
.stdioWin
.title 
= title
 
7736                 self
.stdioWin
.pos 
= pos
 
7737             if size 
is not None: 
7738                 self
.stdioWin
.size 
= size
 
7743 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX 
7744 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7745 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7746 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7747 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7748 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7749 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7750 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7751 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7752 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7753 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7754 App_GetComCtl32Version           
= _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
 
7756 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7758 class PySimpleApp(wx
.App
): 
7760     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and 
7761     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry 
7762     about OnInit.  For example:: 
7764         app = wx.PySimpleApp() 
7765         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World') 
7772     def __init__(self
, redirect
=False, filename
=None, 
7773                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7775         :see: `wx.App.__init__` 
7777         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, redirect
, filename
, useBestVisual
, clearSigInt
) 
7784 # Is anybody using this one? 
7785 class PyWidgetTester(wx
.App
): 
7786     def __init__(self
, size 
= (250, 100)): 
7788         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, 0) 
7791         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos
=(0,0), size
=self
.size
) 
7792         self
.SetTopWindow(self
.frame
) 
7795     def SetWidget(self
, widgetClass
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7796         w 
= widgetClass(self
.frame
, *args
, **kwargs
) 
7797         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7799 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7800 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we 
7801 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When 
7802 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup 
7803 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function. 
7805 class __wxPyCleanup
: 
7807         self
.cleanup 
= _core_
.App_CleanUp
 
7811 _sys
.__wxPythonCleanup 
= __wxPyCleanup() 
7813 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early... 
7815 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp) 
7818 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7820 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7822 class EventLoop(object): 
7823     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class""" 
7825         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEventLoop instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7826     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7827         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop""" 
7828         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EventLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7829         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7832     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_EventLoop
): 
7835             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7838     def Run(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7839         """Run(self) -> int""" 
7840         return _core_
.EventLoop_Run(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7842     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7843         """Exit(self, int rc=0)""" 
7844         return _core_
.EventLoop_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7846     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7847         """Pending(self) -> bool""" 
7848         return _core_
.EventLoop_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7850     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7851         """Dispatch(self) -> bool""" 
7852         return _core_
.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7854     def IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7855         """IsRunning(self) -> bool""" 
7856         return _core_
.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7858     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7859         """GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7860         return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7862     GetActive 
= staticmethod(GetActive
) 
7863     def SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7864         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7865         return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7867     SetActive 
= staticmethod(SetActive
) 
7869 class EventLoopPtr(EventLoop
): 
7870     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7872         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7873         self
.__class
__ = EventLoop
 
7874 _core_
.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoopPtr
) 
7876 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7877     """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7878     return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7880 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7881     """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7882     return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7884 class EventLoopActivator(object): 
7885     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class""" 
7887         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEventLoopActivator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7888     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7889         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator""" 
7890         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EventLoopActivator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7891         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7894     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_EventLoopActivator
): 
7897             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7901 class EventLoopActivatorPtr(EventLoopActivator
): 
7902     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7904         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7905         self
.__class
__ = EventLoopActivator
 
7906 _core_
.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivatorPtr
) 
7908 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7910 class AcceleratorEntry(object): 
7912     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython 
7913     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a 
7914     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just 
7915     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values. 
7917     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable` 
7920         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorEntry instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7921     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7923         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry 
7925         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7927         newobj 
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7928         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7931     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorEntry
): 
7934             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7937     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7939         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd) 
7941         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7944         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7946     def GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7948         GetFlags(self) -> int 
7950         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags. 
7952         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7954     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7956         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
7958         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode. 
7960         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7962     def GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7964         GetCommand(self) -> int 
7966         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID. 
7968         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7971 class AcceleratorEntryPtr(AcceleratorEntry
): 
7972     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7974         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7975         self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorEntry
 
7976 _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntryPtr
) 
7978 class AcceleratorTable(Object
): 
7980     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of 
7981     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or 
7982     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are 
7986         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorTable instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7987     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7989         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable 
7991         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
7992         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID) 
7994         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
7996         newobj 
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7997         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
8000     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorTable
): 
8003             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
8006     def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8007         """Ok(self) -> bool""" 
8008         return _core_
.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8011 class AcceleratorTablePtr(AcceleratorTable
): 
8012     def __init__(self
, this
): 
8014         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
8015         self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorTable
 
8016 _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTablePtr
) 
8019 def GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8020     """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
8021     return _core_
.GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8022 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
8024 class VisualAttributes(object): 
8025     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control""" 
8027         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxVisualAttributes instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
8028     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
8030         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes 
8032         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control 
8034         newobj 
= _core_
.new_VisualAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8035         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
8038     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_VisualAttributes
): 
8041             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
8044     font 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_font_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_font_set
) 
8045     colFg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_set
) 
8046     colBg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_set
) 
8048 class VisualAttributesPtr(VisualAttributes
): 
8049     def __init__(self
, this
): 
8051         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
8052         self
.__class
__ = VisualAttributes
 
8053 _core_
.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributesPtr
) 
8054 NullAcceleratorTable 
= cvar
.NullAcceleratorTable
 
8055 PanelNameStr 
= cvar
.PanelNameStr
 
8057 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
 
8058 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
 
8059 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
 
8060 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
 
8061 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
 
8062 class Window(EvtHandler
): 
8064     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible 
8065     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are 
8066     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't 
8067     appear on screen themselves. 
8071         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindow instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
8072     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
8074         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
8075             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window 
8077         Construct and show a generic Window. 
8079         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Window(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8080         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
8083         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
8085     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8087         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
8088             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool 
8090         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode. 
8092         return _core_
.Window_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8094     def Close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8096         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool 
8098         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually 
8099         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself, 
8100         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close 
8101         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window. 
8103         return _core_
.Window_Close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8105     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8107         Destroy(self) -> bool 
8109         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed 
8110         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list 
8111         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events 
8112         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to 
8113         non-existent windows. 
8115         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it 
8116         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion. 
8118         val 
= _core_
.Window_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8122     def DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8124         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool 
8126         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the 
8129         return _core_
.Window_DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8131     def IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8133         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool 
8135         Is the window in the process of being deleted? 
8137         return _core_
.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8139     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8141         SetLabel(self, String label) 
8143         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable. 
8145         return _core_
.Window_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8147     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8149         GetLabel(self) -> String 
8151         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification 
8152         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to 
8153         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For 
8154         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function 
8155         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs 
8156         access programs)which need to identify windows by name. 
8158         return _core_
.Window_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8160     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8162         SetName(self, String name) 
8164         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting 
8165         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label 
8167         return _core_
.Window_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8169     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8171         GetName(self) -> String 
8173         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique; 
8174         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window 
8175         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName. 
8177         return _core_
.Window_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8179     def SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8181         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant) 
8183         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if 
8184         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac. 
8186         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8188     def GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8189         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int""" 
8190         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8192     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8194         SetId(self, int winid) 
8196         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
8197         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier 
8198         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on 
8199         creation and should not be modified subsequently. 
8201         return _core_
.Window_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8203     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8207         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
8208         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id 
8209         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be 
8212         return _core_
.Window_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8214     def NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8216         NewControlId() -> int 
8218         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
8220         return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8222     NewControlId 
= staticmethod(NewControlId
) 
8223     def NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8225         NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
8227         Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
8230         return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8232     NextControlId 
= staticmethod(NextControlId
) 
8233     def PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8235         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
8237         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
8240         return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8242     PrevControlId 
= staticmethod(PrevControlId
) 
8243     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8245         SetSize(self, Size size) 
8247         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8249         return _core_
.Window_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8251     def SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8253         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8255         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags 
8256         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are 
8259             ========================  ====================================== 
8260             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific 
8261                                       default should be used. 
8262             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if 
8263                                       -1 values are supplied. 
8264             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be 
8265                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not 
8267             ========================  ====================================== 
8270         return _core_
.Window_SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8272     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8274         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8276         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect. 
8278         return _core_
.Window_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8280     def SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8282         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8284         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8286         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8288     def Move(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8290         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8292         Moves the window to the given position. 
8294         return _core_
.Window_Move(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8297     def MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8299         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8301         Moves the window to the given position. 
8303         return _core_
.Window_MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8305     def SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8307         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize) 
8309         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the 
8310         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers. 
8312         return _core_
.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8314     def Raise(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8318         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current 
8319         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows. 
8321         return _core_
.Window_Raise(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8323     def Lower(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8327         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current 
8328         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows. 
8330         return _core_
.Window_Lower(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8332     def SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8334         SetClientSize(self, Size size) 
8336         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8337         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8338         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8339         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8340         around panel items, for example. 
8342         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8344     def SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8346         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8348         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8349         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8350         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8351         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8352         around panel items, for example. 
8354         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8356     def SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8358         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect) 
8360         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8361         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8362         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8363         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8364         around panel items, for example. 
8366         return _core_
.Window_SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8368     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8370         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
8372         Get the window's position. 
8374         return _core_
.Window_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8376     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8378         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
8380         Get the window's position. 
8382         return _core_
.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8384     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8386         GetSize(self) -> Size 
8388         Get the window size. 
8390         return _core_
.Window_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8392     def GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8394         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8396         Get the window size. 
8398         return _core_
.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8400     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8402         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
8404         Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object. 
8406         return _core_
.Window_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8408     def GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8410         GetClientSize(self) -> Size 
8412         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8413         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8414         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8416         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8418     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8420         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8422         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8423         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8424         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8426         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8428     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8430         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point 
8432         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the 
8433         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of 
8434         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...) 
8436         return _core_
.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8438     def GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8440         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect 
8442         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object. 
8444         return _core_
.Window_GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8446     def GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8448         GetBestSize(self) -> Size 
8450         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8451         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8452         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8453         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8454         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8457         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8459     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8461         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8463         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8464         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8465         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8466         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8467         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8470         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8472     def InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8474         InvalidateBestSize(self) 
8476         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next 
8479         return _core_
.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8481     def CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8483         CacheBestSize(self, Size size) 
8485         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until 
8486         some properties of the window change.) 
8488         return _core_
.Window_CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8490     def GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8492         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size 
8494         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's 
8495         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns 
8499         return _core_
.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8501     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8503         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size 
8505         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one 
8506         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the 
8507         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any 
8508         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window 
8509         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly 
8512         return _core_
.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8514     def Center(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8516         Center(self, int direction=BOTH) 
8518         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for 
8519         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may 
8520         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window 
8521         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a 
8522         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered 
8523         relative to the screen. 
8525         return _core_
.Window_Center(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8528     def CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8530         CenterOnScreen(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8532         Center on screen (only works for top level windows) 
8534         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8536     CentreOnScreen 
= CenterOnScreen 
 
8537     def CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8539         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8541         Center with respect to the the parent window 
8543         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8545     CentreOnParent 
= CenterOnParent 
 
8546     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8550         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function 
8551         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work 
8552         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the 
8553         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result 
8554         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of 
8555         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize()) 
8556         instead of calling Fit. 
8558         return _core_
.Window_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8560     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8564         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a 
8565         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after 
8566         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled 
8567         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do 
8568         anything if there are no subwindows. 
8570         return _core_
.Window_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8572     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8574         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,  
8577         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8578         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8579         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8580         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8581         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8582         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8584         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8586         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8588     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8590         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize) 
8592         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8593         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8594         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8595         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8596         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8597         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8599         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8601         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8603     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8605         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1) 
8607         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8608         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8609         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8610         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8612         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8614     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8616         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize) 
8618         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8619         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8620         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8621         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8623         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8625     def GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8626         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size""" 
8627         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8629     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8630         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size""" 
8631         return _core_
.Window_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8633     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8635         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize) 
8637         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8640         return _core_
.Window_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8642     def SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8644         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize) 
8646         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8649         return _core_
.Window_SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8651     def GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8652         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int""" 
8653         return _core_
.Window_GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8655     def GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8656         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int""" 
8657         return _core_
.Window_GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8659     def GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8660         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int""" 
8661         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8663     def GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8664         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int""" 
8665         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8667     def SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8669         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size) 
8671         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8672         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8673         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8675         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8677     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8679         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h) 
8681         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8682         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8683         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8685         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8687     def GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8689         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8691         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8692         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8693         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8695         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8697     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8699         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8701         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8702         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8703         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8705         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8707     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8709         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8711         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a 
8712         sizer, interior children, or other means) 
8714         return _core_
.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8716     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8718         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool 
8720         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level 
8721         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if 
8722         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if 
8723         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done 
8724         because it already was in the requested state. 
8726         return _core_
.Window_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8728     def Hide(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8732         Equivalent to calling Show(False). 
8734         return _core_
.Window_Hide(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8736     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8738         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool 
8740         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent 
8741         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they 
8742         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window 
8743         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the 
8744         window had already been in the specified state. 
8746         return _core_
.Window_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8748     def Disable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8750         Disable(self) -> bool 
8752         Disables the window, same as Enable(false). 
8754         return _core_
.Window_Disable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8756     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8758         IsShown(self) -> bool 
8760         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden. 
8762         return _core_
.Window_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8764     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8766         IsEnabled(self) -> bool 
8768         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise. 
8770         return _core_
.Window_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8772     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8774         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style) 
8776         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be 
8777         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be 
8778         called after changing the others for the change to take place 
8781         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8783     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8785         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long 
8787         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create 
8790         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8792     SetWindowStyle 
= SetWindowStyleFlag
; GetWindowStyle 
= GetWindowStyleFlag 
 
8793     def HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8795         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool 
8797         Test if the given style is set for this window. 
8799         return _core_
.Window_HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8801     def IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8803         IsRetained(self) -> bool 
8805         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained 
8806         windows are only available on X platforms. 
8808         return _core_
.Window_IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8810     def SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8812         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle) 
8814         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less 
8815         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with 
8816         SetWindowStyleFlag() 
8818         return _core_
.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8820     def GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8822         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long 
8824         Returns the extra style bits for the window. 
8826         return _core_
.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8828     def MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8830         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True) 
8832         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can 
8833         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this 
8836         return _core_
.Window_MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8838     def SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8840         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme) 
8842         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme" 
8843          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background 
8844          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support 
8845          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is 
8846          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a 
8847          user's selected theme. 
8849         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true 
8850         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best. 
8852         return _core_
.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8854     def GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8856         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool 
8858         Return the themeEnabled flag. 
8860         return _core_
.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8862     def SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8866         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input. 
8868         return _core_
.Window_SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8870     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8872         SetFocusFromKbd(self) 
8874         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally 
8875         only called internally. 
8877         return _core_
.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8879     def FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8881         FindFocus() -> Window 
8883         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
8886         return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8888     FindFocus 
= staticmethod(FindFocus
) 
8889     def AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8891         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool 
8893         Can this window have focus? 
8895         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8897     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8899         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool 
8901         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the 
8902         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click 
8905         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8907     def GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8909         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window 
8911         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated 
8912         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog. 
8914         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8916     def SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8918         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window 
8920         Set this child as default, return the old default. 
8922         return _core_
.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8924     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8926         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win) 
8928         Set this child as temporary default 
8930         return _core_
.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8932     def Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8934         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool 
8936         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a 
8937         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`. 
8939         return _core_
.Window_Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8941     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8943         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
8945         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified 
8946         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on 
8947         that other window, the focus switches to this window. 
8949         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function 
8950         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the 
8954         return _core_
.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8956     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8958         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
8960         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just 
8961         before win instead of putting it right after it. 
8963         return _core_
.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8965     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8967         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject 
8969         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a 
8970         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return 
8971         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children 
8974         return _core_
.Window_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8976     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8978         GetParent(self) -> Window 
8980         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one. 
8982         return _core_
.Window_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8984     def GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8986         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window 
8988         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there 
8991         return _core_
.Window_GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8993     def IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8995         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool 
8997         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all 
8998         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even 
8999         if they have a parent window). 
9001         return _core_
.Window_IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9003     def Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9005         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool 
9007         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current 
9008         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then 
9009         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True 
9010         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent == 
9013         return _core_
.Window_Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9015     def AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9017         AddChild(self, Window child) 
9019         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation 
9020         functions so should not be required by the application programmer. 
9022         return _core_
.Window_AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9024     def RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9026         RemoveChild(self, Window child) 
9028         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window 
9029         deletion functions so should not be required by the application 
9032         return _core_
.Window_RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9034     def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9036         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window 
9038         Find a chld of this window by window ID 
9040         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9042     def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9044         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window 
9046         Find a child of this window by name 
9048         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9050     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9052         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler 
9054         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is 
9055         its own event handler. 
9057         return _core_
.Window_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9059     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9061         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
9063         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object 
9064         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default, 
9065         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to 
9066         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of 
9067         event-handling for a variety of different window classes. 
9069         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets 
9070         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event 
9071         handler is handed to the next one in the chain. 
9073         return _core_
.Window_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9075     def PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9077         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
9079         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window. 
9080         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events 
9081         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but 
9082         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow 
9083         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different 
9086         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of 
9087         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is 
9088         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to 
9089         remove the event handler. 
9091         return _core_
.Window_PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9093     def PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9095         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler 
9097         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler 
9098         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be 
9099         destroyed after it is popped. 
9101         return _core_
.Window_PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9103     def RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9105         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool 
9107         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not 
9108         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found 
9109         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this 
9110         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be 
9113         return _core_
.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9115     def SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9117         SetValidator(self, Validator validator) 
9119         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator, 
9120         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this 
9123         return _core_
.Window_SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9125     def GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9127         GetValidator(self) -> Validator 
9129         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if 
9132         return _core_
.Window_GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9134     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9136         Validate(self) -> bool 
9138         Validates the current values of the child controls using their 
9139         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
9140         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child 
9141         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed. 
9143         return _core_
.Window_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9145     def TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9147         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool 
9149         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their 
9150         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
9151         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of 
9154         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9156     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9158         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool 
9160         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their 
9161         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has 
9162         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will 
9163         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows. 
9165         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9167     def InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9171         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data 
9172         to the dialog via validators. 
9174         return _core_
.Window_InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9176     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9178         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel) 
9180         Sets the accelerator table for this window. 
9182         return _core_
.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9184     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9186         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable 
9188         Gets the accelerator table for this window. 
9190         return _core_
.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9192     def RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9194         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool 
9196         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey 
9197         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will 
9198         receive the event even if the application is in the background and 
9199         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some 
9200         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey 
9201         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the 
9202         hotkey was registered successfully. 
9204         return _core_
.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9206     def UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9208         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool 
9210         Unregisters a system wide hotkey. 
9212         return _core_
.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9214     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9216         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9218         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9219         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9220         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9221         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9222         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9225         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9227     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9229         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9231         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9232         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9233         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9234         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9235         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9238         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9240     def DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9242         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9244         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9245         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9246         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9247         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9248         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9251         return _core_
.Window_DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9253     def DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9255         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9257         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9258         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9259         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9260         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9261         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9264         return _core_
.Window_DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9266     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9267         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point""" 
9268         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9270     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9271         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size""" 
9272         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9274     def WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9276         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y) 
9278         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window. 
9280         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human 
9281         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically. 
9283         return _core_
.Window_WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9285     def CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9289         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to 
9290         release the capture. 
9292         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the 
9293         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window 
9294         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if 
9295         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must 
9296         release the mouse as many times as you capture it. 
9298         return _core_
.Window_CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9300     def ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9304         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse. 
9306         return _core_
.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9308     def GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9310         GetCapture() -> Window 
9312         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
9314         return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9316     GetCapture 
= staticmethod(GetCapture
) 
9317     def HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9319         HasCapture(self) -> bool 
9321         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture. 
9323         return _core_
.Window_HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9325     def Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9327         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None) 
9329         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it 
9330         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent 
9333         return _core_
.Window_Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9335     def RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9337         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True) 
9339         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will 
9340         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax. 
9342         return _core_
.Window_RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9344     def Update(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9348         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the 
9349         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally 
9350         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the 
9351         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and 
9352         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh 
9353         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of 
9354         it) unconditionally. 
9356         return _core_
.Window_Update(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9358     def ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9360         ClearBackground(self) 
9362         Clears the window by filling it with the current background 
9363         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated. 
9365         return _core_
.Window_ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9367     def Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9371         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from 
9372         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be 
9373         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be 
9374         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has 
9377         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example, 
9378         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into 
9379         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor 
9380         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a 
9381         mandatory directive. 
9383         return _core_
.Window_Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9385     def Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9389         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to 
9390         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of 
9391         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated. 
9393         return _core_
.Window_Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9395     def PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9397         PrepareDC(self, DC dc) 
9399         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a 
9400         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current 
9403         return _core_
.Window_PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9405     def GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9407         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region 
9409         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been 
9410         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler. 
9412         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9414     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9416         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect 
9418         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords. 
9420         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9422     def IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9424         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool 
9426         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9427         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9428         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9431         return _core_
.Window_IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9433     def IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9435         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool 
9437         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9438         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9439         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9442         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9444     def IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9446         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
9448         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9449         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9450         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9453         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9455     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9457         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes 
9459         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is 
9460         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control 
9461         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard 
9462         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of 
9463         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9465         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9467     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9469         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
9471         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
9472         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
9473         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
9474         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
9475         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9477         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
9478         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
9479         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
9482         return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9484     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
9485     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9487         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9489         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour 
9490         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default 
9491         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and 
9492         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window 
9493         to the default background colour. 
9495         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate 
9496         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after 
9497         calling this function. 
9499         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this 
9500         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the 
9501         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all 
9502         applications on the system. 
9504         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9506     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9507         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9508         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9510     def SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9512         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9514         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour 
9515         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on 
9516         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may 
9519         return _core_
.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9521     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9522         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9523         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9525     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9527         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9529         Returns the background colour of the window. 
9531         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9533     def GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9535         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9537         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of 
9538         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text 
9539         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all. 
9541         return _core_
.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9543     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9544         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool""" 
9545         return _core_
.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9547     def UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9548         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool""" 
9549         return _core_
.Window_UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9551     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9553         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool 
9555         Returns the background style of the window. The background style 
9556         indicates how the background of the window is drawn. 
9558             ======================  ======================================== 
9559             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should 
9560                                     be determined by the system 
9561             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour 
9562             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the 
9564             ======================  ======================================== 
9566         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of 
9567         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has 
9568         no effect on other platforms. 
9570         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour` 
9572         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9574     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9576         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int 
9578         Returns the background style of the window. 
9580         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle` 
9582         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9584     def HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9586         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool 
9588         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for 
9589         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's 
9592         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you 
9593         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override 
9594         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted 
9597         return _core_
.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9599     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9601         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool 
9603         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it 
9604         for the children of the window implicitly. 
9606         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will 
9607         be reset back to default. 
9609         return _core_
.Window_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9611     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9613         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
9615         Return the cursor associated with this window. 
9617         return _core_
.Window_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9619     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9621         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool 
9623         Sets the font for this window. 
9625         return _core_
.Window_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9627     def SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9628         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)""" 
9629         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9631     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9633         GetFont(self) -> Font 
9635         Returns the default font used for this window. 
9637         return _core_
.Window_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9639     def SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9641         SetCaret(self, Caret caret) 
9643         Sets the caret associated with the window. 
9645         return _core_
.Window_SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9647     def GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9649         GetCaret(self) -> Caret 
9651         Returns the caret associated with the window. 
9653         return _core_
.Window_GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9655     def GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9657         GetCharHeight(self) -> int 
9659         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9661         return _core_
.Window_GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9663     def GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9665         GetCharWidth(self) -> int 
9667         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9669         return _core_
.Window_GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9671     def GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9673         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height) 
9675         Get the width and height of the text using the current font. 
9677         return _core_
.Window_GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9679     def GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9681         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) -> 
9682            (width, height, descent, externalLeading) 
9684         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the 
9685         current or specified font. 
9687         return _core_
.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9689     def ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9691         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9693         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9695         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9697     def ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9699         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9701         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9703         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9705     def ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9707         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9709         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9711         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9713     def ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9715         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9717         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9719         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9721     def HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9723         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int 
9725         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9727         return _core_
.Window_HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9729     def HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9731         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int 
9733         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9735         return _core_
.Window_HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9737     def GetBorder(*args
): 
9739         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int 
9740         GetBorder(self) -> int 
9742         Get border for the flags of this window 
9744         return _core_
.Window_GetBorder(*args
) 
9746     def UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9748         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE) 
9750         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular 
9751         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will 
9752         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will 
9753         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this 
9754         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at 
9755         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are 
9756         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called 
9757         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to 
9758         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events 
9761         return _core_
.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9763     def PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9765         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool 
9767         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9768         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9769         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9770         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9771         mouse cursor will be used. 
9773         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9775     def PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9777         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool 
9779         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9780         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9781         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9782         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9783         mouse cursor will be used. 
9785         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9787     def GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9789         GetHandle(self) -> long 
9791         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the 
9792         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the 
9793         toplevel parent of the window. 
9795         return _core_
.Window_GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9797     def AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9799         AssociateHandle(self, long handle) 
9801         Associate the window with a new native handle 
9803         return _core_
.Window_AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9805     def DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9807         DissociateHandle(self) 
9809         Dissociate the current native handle from the window 
9811         return _core_
.Window_DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9813     def HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9815         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool 
9817         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation? 
9819         return _core_
.Window_HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9821     def SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9823         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,  
9826         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar. 
9828         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9830     def SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9832         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True) 
9834         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars. 
9836         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9838     def GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9840         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int 
9842         Returns the built-in scrollbar position. 
9844         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9846     def GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9848         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int 
9850         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size. 
9852         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9854     def GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9856         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int 
9858         Returns the built-in scrollbar range. 
9860         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9862     def ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9864         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None) 
9866         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows 
9867         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling 
9868         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that 
9869         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program. 
9871         return _core_
.Window_ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9873     def ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9875         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool 
9877         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
9878         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines 
9879         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
9880         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
9882         return _core_
.Window_ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9884     def ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9886         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool 
9888         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
9889         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages 
9890         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
9891         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
9893         return _core_
.Window_ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9895     def LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9897         LineUp(self) -> bool 
9899         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1). 
9901         return _core_
.Window_LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9903     def LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9905         LineDown(self) -> bool 
9907         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1). 
9909         return _core_
.Window_LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9911     def PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9913         PageUp(self) -> bool 
9915         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1). 
9917         return _core_
.Window_PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9919     def PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9921         PageDown(self) -> bool 
9923         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1). 
9925         return _core_
.Window_PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9927     def SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9929         SetHelpText(self, String text) 
9931         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
9932         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
9933         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
9935         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9937     def SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9939         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text) 
9941         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this 
9944         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9946     def GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9948         GetHelpText(self) -> String 
9950         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
9951         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
9952         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
9954         return _core_
.Window_GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9956     def SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9958         SetToolTipString(self, String tip) 
9960         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
9962         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9964     def SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9966         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip) 
9968         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
9970         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9972     def GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9974         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip 
9976         get the associated tooltip or None if none 
9978         return _core_
.Window_GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9980     def SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9982         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget) 
9984         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has 
9985         a drop target, it is deleted. 
9987         return _core_
.Window_SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9989     def GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9991         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget 
9993         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None. 
9995         return _core_
.Window_GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9997     def DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9999         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept) 
10001         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES. 
10002         Only functional on Windows. 
10004         return _core_
.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10006     def SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10008         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints) 
10010         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing 
10011         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be 
10012         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current 
10015         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints 
10016         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must 
10017         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting 
10018         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have 
10021         return _core_
.Window_SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10023     def GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10025         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints 
10027         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there 
10030         return _core_
.Window_GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10032     def SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10034         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout) 
10036         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically 
10037         when the window is resized.  It is called implicitly by SetSizer but 
10038         if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the 
10039         window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes. 
10041         return _core_
.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10043     def GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10045         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool 
10047         Returns the current autoLayout setting 
10049         return _core_
.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10051     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10053         Layout(self) -> bool 
10055         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based 
10056         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on, 
10057         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE 
10058         handler when the window is resized. 
10060         return _core_
.Window_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10062     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10064         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
10066         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then 
10067         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing 
10068         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted 
10069         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also 
10070         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is 
10071         non-None, and False otherwise. 
10073         return _core_
.Window_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10075     def SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10077         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
10079         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the 
10080         window based on the sizer's minimum size. 
10082         return _core_
.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10084     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10086         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
10088         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to 
10089         SetSizer or None if there isn't one. 
10091         return _core_
.Window_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10093     def SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10095         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
10097         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is 
10098         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so 
10099         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed. 
10101         return _core_
.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10103     def GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10105         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer 
10107         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None. 
10109         return _core_
.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10111     def InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10113         InheritAttributes(self) 
10115         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called 
10116         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual 
10117         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background 
10120         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use 
10121         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's 
10122         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not 
10123         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been 
10124         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same 
10125         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides 
10126         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed 
10127         no matter what and only the font might. 
10129         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the 
10130         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default 
10131         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as 
10132         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours) 
10133         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the 
10134         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change 
10135         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or 
10136         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the 
10137         parents attributes. 
10140         return _core_
.Window_InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10142     def ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10144         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool 
10146         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be 
10147         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them 
10148         from the parent window. 
10150         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in 
10151         wxControl where it returns true. 
10153         return _core_
.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10155     def PostCreate(self
, pre
): 
10157         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!> 
10158         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method. 
10160         self
.this 
= pre
.this
 
10161         self
.thisown 
= pre
.thisown
 
10163         if hasattr(self
, '_setOORInfo'): 
10164             self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10165         if hasattr(self
, '_setCallbackInfo'): 
10166             self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
.__class
__) 
10168     def SendSizeEvent(self
): 
10169         self
.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx
.SizeEvent((-1,-1))) 
10172 class WindowPtr(Window
): 
10173     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10175         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10176         self
.__class
__ = Window
 
10177 _core_
.Window_swigregister(WindowPtr
) 
10179 def PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10181     PreWindow() -> Window 
10183     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation. 
10185     val 
= _core_
.new_PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10189 def Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10191     Window_NewControlId() -> int 
10193     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
10195     return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10197 def Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10199     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
10201     Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
10204     return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10206 def Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10208     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
10210     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
10213     return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10215 def Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10217     Window_FindFocus() -> Window 
10219     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
10222     return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10224 def Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10226     Window_GetCapture() -> Window 
10228     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
10230     return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10232 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10234     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
10236     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
10237     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
10238     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
10239     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
10240     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
10242     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
10243     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
10244     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
10247     return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10249 def DLG_PNT(win
, point_or_x
, y
=None): 
10251     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in 
10252     dialog units to pixel units. 
10255         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x
) 
10257         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx
.Point(point_or_x
, y
)) 
10259 def DLG_SZE(win
, size_width
, height
=None): 
10261     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in 
10262     dialog units to pixel units. 
10265         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width
) 
10267         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx
.Size(size_width
, height
)) 
10270 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10272     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10274     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent 
10275     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog 
10276     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10277     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10279     return _core_
.FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10281 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10283     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10285     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create 
10286     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all 
10287     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be 
10288     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both 
10291     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called. 
10293     return _core_
.FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10295 def FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10297     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10299     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label 
10300     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the 
10301     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if 
10302     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10303     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10305     return _core_
.FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10307 def Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10308     """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window""" 
10309     return _core_
.Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10311 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10313     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject 
10315     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames, 
10316     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained 
10317     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows 
10318     are closed or new top-level windows are created. 
10321     return _core_
.GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10322 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10324 class Validator(EvtHandler
): 
10325     """Proxy of C++ Validator class""" 
10326     def __repr__(self
): 
10327         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10328     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10329         """__init__(self) -> Validator""" 
10330         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Validator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10331         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10334         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10336     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10337         """Clone(self) -> Validator""" 
10338         return _core_
.Validator_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10340     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10341         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool""" 
10342         return _core_
.Validator_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10344     def TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10345         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10346         return _core_
.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10348     def TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10349         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10350         return _core_
.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10352     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10353         """GetWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10354         return _core_
.Validator_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10356     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10357         """SetWindow(self, Window window)""" 
10358         return _core_
.Validator_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10360     def IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10361         """IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10362         return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10364     IsSilent 
= staticmethod(IsSilent
) 
10365     def SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10366         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10367         return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10369     SetBellOnError 
= staticmethod(SetBellOnError
) 
10371 class ValidatorPtr(Validator
): 
10372     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10374         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10375         self
.__class
__ = Validator
 
10376 _core_
.Validator_swigregister(ValidatorPtr
) 
10378 def Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10379     """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10380     return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10382 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10383     """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10384     return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10386 class PyValidator(Validator
): 
10387     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class""" 
10388     def __repr__(self
): 
10389         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10390     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10391         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator""" 
10392         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10393         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10397         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyValidator
, 1) 
10398         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10400     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10401         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)""" 
10402         return _core_
.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10405 class PyValidatorPtr(PyValidator
): 
10406     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10408         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10409         self
.__class
__ = PyValidator
 
10410 _core_
.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidatorPtr
) 
10412 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10414 class Menu(EvtHandler
): 
10415     """Proxy of C++ Menu class""" 
10416     def __repr__(self
): 
10417         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenu instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10418     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10419         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu""" 
10420         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Menu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10421         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10424         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10426     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10427         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem""" 
10428         return _core_
.Menu_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10430     def AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10431         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10432         return _core_
.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10434     def AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10435         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10436         return _core_
.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10438     def AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10439         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10440         return _core_
.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10442     def AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10443         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10444         return _core_
.Menu_AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10446     def AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10447         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10448         return _core_
.Menu_AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10450     def Break(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10452         return _core_
.Menu_Break(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10454     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10455         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10456         return _core_
.Menu_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10458     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10460         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,  
10461             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10463         return _core_
.Menu_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10465     def InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10466         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem""" 
10467         return _core_
.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10469     def InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10470         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10471         return _core_
.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10473     def InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10474         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10475         return _core_
.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10477     def InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10478         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10479         return _core_
.Menu_InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10481     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10482         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10483         return _core_
.Menu_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10485     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10486         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem""" 
10487         return _core_
.Menu_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10489     def PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10490         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10491         return _core_
.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10493     def PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10494         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10495         return _core_
.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10497     def PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10498         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10499         return _core_
.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10501     def PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10502         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10503         return _core_
.Menu_PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10505     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10506         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10507         return _core_
.Menu_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10509     def RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10510         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10511         return _core_
.Menu_RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10513     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10514         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10515         return _core_
.Menu_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10517     def DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10518         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" 
10519         return _core_
.Menu_DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10521     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10525         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10527         val 
= _core_
.Menu_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10528         args
[0].thisown 
= 0 
10531     def DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10533         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool 
10535         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10537         val 
= _core_
.Menu_DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10538         args
[0].thisown 
= 0 
10541     def DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10543         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool 
10545         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10547         val 
= _core_
.Menu_DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10548         args
[0].thisown 
= 0 
10551     def GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10552         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10553         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10555     def GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10556         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject""" 
10557         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10559     def FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10560         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int""" 
10561         return _core_
.Menu_FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10563     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10564         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10565         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10567     def FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10568         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem""" 
10569         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10571     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10572         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10573         return _core_
.Menu_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10575     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10576         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10577         return _core_
.Menu_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10579     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10580         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10581         return _core_
.Menu_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10583     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10584         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10585         return _core_
.Menu_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10587     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10588         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10589         return _core_
.Menu_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10591     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10592         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10593         return _core_
.Menu_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10595     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10596         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10597         return _core_
.Menu_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10599     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10600         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10601         return _core_
.Menu_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10603     def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10604         """SetTitle(self, String title)""" 
10605         return _core_
.Menu_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10607     def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10608         """GetTitle(self) -> String""" 
10609         return _core_
.Menu_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10611     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10612         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
10613         return _core_
.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10615     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10616         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
10617         return _core_
.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10619     def SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10620         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)""" 
10621         return _core_
.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10623     def GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10624         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10625         return _core_
.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10627     def GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10628         """GetStyle(self) -> long""" 
10629         return _core_
.Menu_GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10631     def UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10632         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)""" 
10633         return _core_
.Menu_UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10635     def GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10636         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar""" 
10637         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10639     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10640         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)""" 
10641         return _core_
.Menu_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10643     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10645         return _core_
.Menu_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10647     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10648         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10649         return _core_
.Menu_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10651     def SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10652         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)""" 
10653         return _core_
.Menu_SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10655     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10656         """GetParent(self) -> Menu""" 
10657         return _core_
.Menu_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10660 class MenuPtr(Menu
): 
10661     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10663         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10664         self
.__class
__ = Menu
 
10665 _core_
.Menu_swigregister(MenuPtr
) 
10666 DefaultValidator 
= cvar
.DefaultValidator
 
10668 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10670 class MenuBar(Window
): 
10671     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class""" 
10672     def __repr__(self
): 
10673         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuBar instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10674     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10675         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar""" 
10676         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10677         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10680         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10682     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10683         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10684         return _core_
.MenuBar_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10686     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10687         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10688         return _core_
.MenuBar_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10690     def GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10691         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10692         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10694     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10695         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10696         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10698     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10699         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu""" 
10700         return _core_
.MenuBar_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10702     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10703         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10704         return _core_
.MenuBar_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10706     def EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10707         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)""" 
10708         return _core_
.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10710     def IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10711         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool""" 
10712         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10714     def SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10715         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)""" 
10716         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10718     def GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10719         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String""" 
10720         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10722     def FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10723         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int""" 
10724         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10726     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10727         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10728         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10730     def FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10731         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int""" 
10732         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10734     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10735         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10736         return _core_
.MenuBar_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10738     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10739         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10740         return _core_
.MenuBar_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10742     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10743         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10744         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10746     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10747         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10748         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10750     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10751         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10752         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10754     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10755         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10756         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10758     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10759         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10760         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10762     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10763         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10764         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10766     def GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10767         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame""" 
10768         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10770     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10771         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10772         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10774     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10775         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)""" 
10776         return _core_
.MenuBar_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10778     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10780         return _core_
.MenuBar_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10782     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10783         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
10784         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10786     SetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu
) 
10787     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10788         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
10789         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10791     GetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu
) 
10793 class MenuBarPtr(MenuBar
): 
10794     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10796         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10797         self
.__class
__ = MenuBar
 
10798 _core_
.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBarPtr
) 
10800 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10801     """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
10802     return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10804 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10805     """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
10806     return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10808 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10810 class MenuItem(Object
): 
10811     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class""" 
10812     def __repr__(self
): 
10813         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10814     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10816         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,  
10817             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,  
10818             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem 
10820         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10821         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10824     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10825         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
10826         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10828     def SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10829         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
10830         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10832     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10833         """SetId(self, int id)""" 
10834         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10836     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10837         """GetId(self) -> int""" 
10838         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10840     def IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10841         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool""" 
10842         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10844     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10845         """SetText(self, String str)""" 
10846         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10848     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10849         """GetLabel(self) -> String""" 
10850         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10852     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10853         """GetText(self) -> String""" 
10854         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10856     def GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10857         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
10858         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10860     GetLabelFromText 
= staticmethod(GetLabelFromText
) 
10861     def GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10862         """GetKind(self) -> int""" 
10863         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10865     def SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10866         """SetKind(self, int kind)""" 
10867         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10869     def SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10870         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)""" 
10871         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10873     def IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10874         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool""" 
10875         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10877     def IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10878         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool""" 
10879         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10881     def SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10882         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
10883         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10885     def GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10886         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
10887         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10889     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10890         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)""" 
10891         return _core_
.MenuItem_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10893     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10894         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
10895         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10897     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10898         """Check(self, bool check=True)""" 
10899         return _core_
.MenuItem_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10901     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10902         """IsChecked(self) -> bool""" 
10903         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10905     def Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10907         return _core_
.MenuItem_Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10909     def SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10910         """SetHelp(self, String str)""" 
10911         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10913     def GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10914         """GetHelp(self) -> String""" 
10915         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10917     def GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10918         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
10919         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10921     def SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10922         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)""" 
10923         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10925     def SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10926         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)""" 
10927         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10929     def GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10930         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
10931         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10933     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10934         """SetFont(self, Font font)""" 
10935         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10937     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10938         """GetFont(self) -> Font""" 
10939         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10941     def SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10942         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)""" 
10943         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10945     def GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10946         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour""" 
10947         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10949     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10950         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)""" 
10951         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10953     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10954         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour""" 
10955         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10957     def SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10958         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)""" 
10959         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10961     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10962         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)""" 
10963         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10965     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10966         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
10967         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10969     def SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10970         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)""" 
10971         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10973     def GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10974         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int""" 
10975         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10977     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10978         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
10979         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10981     GetDefaultMarginWidth 
= staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth
) 
10982     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10983         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool""" 
10984         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10986     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10987         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)""" 
10988         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10990     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10991         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)""" 
10992         return _core_
.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10995 class MenuItemPtr(MenuItem
): 
10996     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10998         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10999         self
.__class
__ = MenuItem
 
11000 _core_
.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItemPtr
) 
11002 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11003     """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
11004     return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11006 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11007     """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
11008     return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11010 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11012 class Control(Window
): 
11014     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'. 
11016     A control is generally a small window which processes user input 
11017     and/or displays one or more item of data. 
11019     def __repr__(self
): 
11020         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControl instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11021     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11023         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
11024             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
11025             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control 
11027         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass' 
11028         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful. 
11030         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Control(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11031         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11034         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11036     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11038         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
11039             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
11040             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool 
11042         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control. 
11044         return _core_
.Control_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11046     def Command(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11048         Command(self, CommandEvent event) 
11050         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item. 
11052         :see: `wx.CommandEvent` 
11055         return _core_
.Control_Command(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11057     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11059         GetLabel(self) -> String 
11061         Return a control's text. 
11063         return _core_
.Control_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11065     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11067         SetLabel(self, String label) 
11069         Sets the item's text. 
11071         return _core_
.Control_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11073     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11075         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
11077         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
11078         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
11079         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
11080         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
11081         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
11083         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
11084         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
11085         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
11088         return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11090     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
11092 class ControlPtr(Control
): 
11093     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11095         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11096         self
.__class
__ = Control
 
11097 _core_
.Control_swigregister(ControlPtr
) 
11098 ControlNameStr 
= cvar
.ControlNameStr
 
11100 def PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11102     PreControl() -> Control 
11104     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation 
11106     val 
= _core_
.new_PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11110 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11112     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
11114     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
11115     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
11116     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
11117     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
11118     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
11120     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
11121     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
11122     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
11125     return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11127 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11129 class ItemContainer(object): 
11131     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented 
11132     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be 
11133     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well 
11134     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from 
11137     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although 
11138     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still 
11139     all conform to the same interface. 
11141     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and, 
11142     optionally, client data associated with them. 
11145     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11146     def __repr__(self
): 
11147         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxItemContainer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11148     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11150         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
11152         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item 
11153         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item 
11154         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g. 
11155         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style). 
11157         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11159     def AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11161         AppendItems(self, List strings) 
11163         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this 
11164         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you 
11165         need to add a lot of items. 
11167         return _core_
.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11169     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11171         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
11173         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index, 
11174         optionally associating some data object with the item. 
11176         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11178     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11182         Removes all items from the control. 
11184         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11186     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11188         Delete(self, int n) 
11190         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note 
11191         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if 
11192         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal 
11193         than the number of items in the control. 
11195         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11197     def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11199         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject 
11201         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.) 
11203         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11205     def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11207         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData) 
11209         Associate the given client data with the item at position n. 
11211         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11213     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11215         GetCount(self) -> int 
11217         Returns the number of items in the control. 
11219         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11221     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11223         IsEmpty(self) -> bool 
11225         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items. 
11227         return _core_
.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11229     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11231         GetString(self, int n) -> String 
11233         Returns the label of the item with the given index. 
11235         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11237     def GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11238         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString""" 
11239         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11241     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11243         SetString(self, int n, String s) 
11245         Sets the label for the given item. 
11247         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11249     def FindString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11251         FindString(self, String s) -> int 
11253         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the 
11254         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not 
11257         return _core_
.ItemContainer_FindString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11259     def SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11261         SetSelection(self, int n) 
11263         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item. 
11265         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11267     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11269         GetSelection(self) -> int 
11271         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item 
11274         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11276     def SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11277         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool""" 
11278         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11280     def GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11282         GetStringSelection(self) -> String 
11284         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item 
11287         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11289     def Select(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11291         Select(self, int n) 
11293         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is 
11294         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection. 
11296         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Select(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11299 class ItemContainerPtr(ItemContainer
): 
11300     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11302         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11303         self
.__class
__ = ItemContainer
 
11304 _core_
.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainerPtr
) 
11306 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11308 class ControlWithItems(Control
,ItemContainer
): 
11310     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the 
11311     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls 
11314     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11315     def __repr__(self
): 
11316         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControlWithItems instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11318 class ControlWithItemsPtr(ControlWithItems
): 
11319     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11321         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11322         self
.__class
__ = ControlWithItems
 
11323 _core_
.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItemsPtr
) 
11325 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11327 class SizerItem(Object
): 
11329     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other 
11330     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. In normal usage user 
11331     code should never need to deal directly with a wx.SizerItem, but 
11332     custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to use the 
11333     collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating layout. 
11335     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem` 
11337     def __repr__(self
): 
11338         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11339     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11341         __init__(self) -> SizerItem 
11343         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
11344         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer. 
11346         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they 
11347         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend 
11348         methods are called. 
11350         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer` 
11352         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11353         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11356     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_SizerItem
): 
11357         """__del__(self)""" 
11359             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
11362     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11364         DeleteWindows(self) 
11366         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type 
11369         return _core_
.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11371     def DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11375         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer. 
11377         return _core_
.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11379     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11381         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11383         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11385         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11387     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11389         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11391         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space 
11394         return _core_
.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11396     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11398         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size) 
11400         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the 
11401         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or 
11402         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into 
11405         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11407     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11409         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11411         Get the minimum size needed for the item. 
11413         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11415     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11417         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size 
11419         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders 
11422         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11424     def SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11425         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)""" 
11426         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11428     def SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11430         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height) 
11432         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11434         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11436     def SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11438         SetRatioSize(self, Size size) 
11440         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11442         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11444     def SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11446         SetRatio(self, float ratio) 
11448         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11450         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11452     def GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11454         GetRatio(self) -> float 
11456         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11458         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11460     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11462         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
11464         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy 
11466         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11468     def IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11470         IsWindow(self) -> bool 
11472         Is this sizer item a window? 
11474         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11476     def IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11478         IsSizer(self) -> bool 
11480         Is this sizer item a subsizer? 
11482         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11484     def IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11486         IsSpacer(self) -> bool 
11488         Is this sizer item a spacer? 
11490         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11492     def SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11494         SetProportion(self, int proportion) 
11496         Set the proportion value for this item. 
11498         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11500     def GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11502         GetProportion(self) -> int 
11504         Get the proportion value for this item. 
11506         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11508     SetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(SetProportion
, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")  
11509     GetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetProportion
, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")  
11510     def SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11512         SetFlag(self, int flag) 
11514         Set the flag value for this item. 
11516         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11518     def GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11520         GetFlag(self) -> int 
11522         Get the flag value for this item. 
11524         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11526     def SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11528         SetBorder(self, int border) 
11530         Set the border value for this item. 
11532         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11534     def GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11536         GetBorder(self) -> int 
11538         Get the border value for this item. 
11540         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11542     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11544         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
11546         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11548         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11550     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11552         SetWindow(self, Window window) 
11554         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item. 
11556         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11558     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11560         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
11562         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11564         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11566     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11568         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
11570         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11572         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11574     def GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11576         GetSpacer(self) -> Size 
11578         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item. 
11580         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11582     def SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11584         SetSpacer(self, Size size) 
11586         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11588         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11590     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11592         Show(self, bool show) 
11594         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item 
11595         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a 
11596         window then it is shown or hidden as needed. 
11598         return _core_
.SizerItem_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11600     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11602         IsShown(self) -> bool 
11604         Is the item to be shown in the layout? 
11606         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11608     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11610         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11612         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11614         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11616     def GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11618         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject 
11620         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there 
11623         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11625     def SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11627         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData) 
11629         Associate a Python object with this sizer item. 
11631         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11634 class SizerItemPtr(SizerItem
): 
11635     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11637         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11638         self
.__class
__ = SizerItem
 
11639 _core_
.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItemPtr
) 
11641 def SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11643     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11644         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11646     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window. 
11648     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11652 def SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11654     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11655         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11657     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer. 
11659     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11663 def SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11665     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11666         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11668     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer 
11670     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11674 class Sizer(Object
): 
11676     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in 
11677     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to 
11678     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`, 
11679     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer` 
11680     and `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
11682     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to 
11683     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK 
11684     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual 
11685     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to 
11686     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will 
11687     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of 
11688     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and 
11689     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in 
11690     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls, 
11691     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be 
11692     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus 
11693     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources 
11694     compared to a real window on screen. 
11696     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that 
11697     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can 
11698     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item) 
11699     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the 
11700     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires 
11701     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a 
11702     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows. 
11704     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11705     def __repr__(self
): 
11706         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11707     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Sizer
): 
11708         """__del__(self)""" 
11710             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
11713     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11714         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)""" 
11715         return _core_
.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11717     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11719         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11720             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11722         Appends a child item to the sizer. 
11724         return _core_
.Sizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11726     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11728         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11729             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11731         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before 
11732         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11734         return _core_
.Sizer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11736     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11738         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11739             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11741         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by 
11742         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11744         return _core_
.Sizer_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11746     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11748         Remove(self, item) -> bool 
11750         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not 
11751         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update 
11752         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The 
11753         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based 
11754         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found 
11757         return _core_
.Sizer_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11759     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11761         Detach(self, item) -> bool 
11763         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method 
11764         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to 
11765         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
11766         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item 
11767         was found and detached. 
11769         return _core_
.Sizer_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11771     def GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11773         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem 
11775         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item* 
11776         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
11777         the item to be found. 
11779         return _core_
.Sizer_GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11781     def _SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11782         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)""" 
11783         return _core_
.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11785     def SetItemMinSize(self
, item
, *args
): 
11787         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size) 
11789         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer. 
11790         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
11791         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it 
11792         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary. 
11795             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too 
11796             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
) 
11798             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
[0]) 
11800     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11802         AddItem(self, SizerItem item) 
11804         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
11806         return _core_
.Sizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11808     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11810         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item) 
11812         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*. 
11814         return _core_
.Sizer_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11816     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11818         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item) 
11820         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
11822         return _core_
.Sizer_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11824     def AddMany(self
, items
): 
11826         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items 
11827         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples, 
11828         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you 
11829         would normally pass to the `Add` method. 
11832             if type(item
) != type(()) or (len(item
) == 2 and type(item
[0]) == type(1)): 
11836     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code 
11837     def AddWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11838         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11839         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11840     def AddSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11841         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11842         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11843     def AddSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11844         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11845         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11847     def PrependWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11848         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11849         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11850     def PrependSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11851         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11852         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11853     def PrependSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11854         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11855         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11857     def InsertWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11858         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11859         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11860     def InsertSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11861         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11862         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11863     def InsertSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11864         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11865         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11867     def RemoveWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11868         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11869         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11870     def RemoveSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11871         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11872         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11873     def RemovePos(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11874         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11875         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11878     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11880         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height) 
11882         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus 
11883         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to 
11884         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend` 
11887         return _core_
.Sizer_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11889     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11891         SetMinSize(self, Size size) 
11893         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will 
11894         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children 
11895         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the 
11896         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set 
11897         here, depending on which is bigger. 
11899         return _core_
.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11901     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11903         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11905         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer. 
11907         return _core_
.Sizer_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11909     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11911         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11913         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space. 
11915         return _core_
.Sizer_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11917     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11919         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11921         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined 
11922         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size 
11923         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger. 
11925         return _core_
.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11927     def GetSizeTuple(self
): 
11928         return self
.GetSize().Get() 
11929     def GetPositionTuple(self
): 
11930         return self
.GetPosition().Get() 
11931     def GetMinSizeTuple(self
): 
11932         return self
.GetMinSize().Get() 
11934     def RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11938         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the 
11939         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as 
11940         it is called by `Layout`. 
11942         return _core_
.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11944     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11946         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11948         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its 
11949         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as 
11950         it is called by `Layout`. 
11952         return _core_
.Sizer_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11954     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11958         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items 
11959         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the 
11960         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's 
11961         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when 
11962         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or 
11965         return _core_
.Sizer_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11967     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11969         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size 
11971         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal 
11972         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in 
11973         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as 
11974         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size. 
11976         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size. 
11978         return _core_
.Sizer_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11980     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11982         FitInside(self, Window window) 
11984         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the 
11985         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the 
11986         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars 
11987         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it. 
11989         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints` 
11992         return _core_
.Sizer_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11994     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11996         SetSizeHints(self, Window window) 
11998         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to 
11999         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the 
12000         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are 
12001         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order 
12002         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size 
12003         required by the sizer. 
12005         return _core_
.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12007     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12009         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window) 
12011         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to 
12012         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars 
12013         this will set them appropriately. 
12015         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars` 
12018         return _core_
.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12020     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12022         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False) 
12024         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items 
12027         return _core_
.Sizer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12029     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12031         DeleteWindows(self) 
12033         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer. 
12035         return _core_
.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12037     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12039         GetChildren(self) -> list 
12041         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer. 
12043         return _core_
.Sizer_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12045     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12047         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool 
12049         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item 
12050         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
12051         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
12052         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a 
12053         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found. 
12055         return _core_
.Sizer_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12057     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12059         IsShown(self, item) 
12061         Determines if the item is currently shown. sizer.  To make a sizer 
12062         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
12063         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
12066         return _core_
.Sizer_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12068     def Hide(self
, item
, recursive
=False): 
12070         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive). 
12072         return self
.Show(item
, False, recursive
) 
12074     def ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12076         ShowItems(self, bool show) 
12078         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items. 
12080         return _core_
.Sizer_ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12083 class SizerPtr(Sizer
): 
12084     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12086         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12087         self
.__class
__ = Sizer
 
12088 _core_
.Sizer_swigregister(SizerPtr
) 
12090 class PySizer(Sizer
): 
12092     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been 
12093     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in 
12094     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are 
12095     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement 
12096     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set. 
12099         class MySizer(wx.PySizer): 
12100              def __init__(self): 
12101                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self) 
12104                  for item in self.GetChildren(): 
12105                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed 
12106                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's 
12107                       # layout algorithm. 
12109                  return wx.Size(width, height) 
12111               def RecalcSizes(self): 
12112                   # find the space allotted to this sizer 
12113                   pos = self.GetPosition() 
12114                   size = self.GetSize() 
12115                   for item in self.GetChildren(): 
12116                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of 
12117                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the 
12118                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the 
12119                       # space alloted to this sizer. 
12121                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize) 
12124     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by 
12125     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of 
12126     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`. 
12128     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren` 
12132     def __repr__(self
): 
12133         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPySizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12134     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12136         __init__(self) -> PySizer 
12138         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived 
12141         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PySizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12142         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12145         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PySizer
);self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12147     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12148         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
12149         return _core_
.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12152 class PySizerPtr(PySizer
): 
12153     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12155         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12156         self
.__class
__ = PySizer
 
12157 _core_
.PySizer_swigregister(PySizerPtr
) 
12159 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12161 class BoxSizer(Sizer
): 
12163     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be 
12164     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a 
12165     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out 
12166     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation 
12167     parameter passed to the constructor. 
12169     def __repr__(self
): 
12170         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12171     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12173         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer 
12175         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL`` 
12176         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row 
12179         newobj 
= _core_
.new_BoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12180         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12183         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12185     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12187         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
12189         Returns the current orientation of the sizer. 
12191         return _core_
.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12193     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12195         SetOrientation(self, int orient) 
12197         Resets the orientation of the sizer. 
12199         return _core_
.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12202 class BoxSizerPtr(BoxSizer
): 
12203     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12205         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12206         self
.__class
__ = BoxSizer
 
12207 _core_
.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizerPtr
) 
12209 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12211 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12213     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the 
12214     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer 
12215     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and 
12216     passed to the sizer constructor. 
12218     def __repr__(self
): 
12219         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStaticBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12220     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12222         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer 
12224         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation 
12225         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or 
12228         newobj 
= _core_
.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12229         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12232         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12234     def GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12236         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox 
12238         Returns the static box associated with this sizer. 
12240         return _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12243 class StaticBoxSizerPtr(StaticBoxSizer
): 
12244     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12246         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12247         self
.__class
__ = StaticBoxSizer
 
12248 _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizerPtr
) 
12250 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12252 class GridSizer(Sizer
): 
12254     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12255     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other 
12256     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the 
12257     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the 
12258     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal 
12259     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.) 
12261     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added, 
12262     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first, 
12263     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If 
12264     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you 
12265     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in 
12266     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
12269     def __repr__(self
): 
12270         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12271     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12273         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer 
12275         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number 
12276         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is 
12277         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12278         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12279         define extra space between all children. 
12281         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12282         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12285         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12287     def SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12289         SetCols(self, int cols) 
12291         Sets the number of columns in the sizer. 
12293         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12295     def SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12297         SetRows(self, int rows) 
12299         Sets the number of rows in the sizer. 
12301         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12303     def SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12305         SetVGap(self, int gap) 
12307         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12309         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12311     def SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12313         SetHGap(self, int gap) 
12315         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer 
12317         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12319     def GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12321         GetCols(self) -> int 
12323         Returns the number of columns in the sizer. 
12325         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12327     def GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12329         GetRows(self) -> int 
12331         Returns the number of rows in the sizer. 
12333         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12335     def GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12337         GetVGap(self) -> int 
12339         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12341         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12343     def GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12345         GetHGap(self) -> int 
12347         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer. 
12349         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12352 class GridSizerPtr(GridSizer
): 
12353     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12355         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12356         self
.__class
__ = GridSizer
 
12357 _core_
.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizerPtr
) 
12359 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12361 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
 
12362 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
 
12363 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
 
12364 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer
): 
12366     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12367     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same 
12368     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all 
12369     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in 
12370     the `wx.GridSizer`. 
12372     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but 
12373     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible 
12374     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it 
12375     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non 
12376     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The 
12377     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose. 
12381     def __repr__(self
): 
12382         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFlexGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12383     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12385         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer 
12387         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the 
12388         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters 
12389         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12390         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12391         define extra space between all children. 
12393         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FlexGridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12394         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12397         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12399     def AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12401         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12403         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there 
12404         is extra space available to the sizer. 
12406         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12407         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12408         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12410         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12412     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12414         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx) 
12416         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable. 
12418         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12420     def AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12422         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12424         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if 
12425         there is extra space available to the sizer. 
12427         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12428         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12429         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12431         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12433     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12435         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx) 
12437         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable. 
12439         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12441     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12443         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction) 
12445         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows, 
12446         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any 
12447         other value is ignored. 
12449             ==============    ======================================= 
12450             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized. 
12451             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized. 
12452             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized 
12453                               (this is the default value). 
12454             ==============    ======================================= 
12456         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12459         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12461     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12463         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int 
12465         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer 
12466         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default). 
12468         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection` 
12470         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12472     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12474         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode) 
12476         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if 
12477         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called 
12478         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values: 
12480             ==========================  ================================================= 
12481             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction. 
12482             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with 
12483                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this 
12484                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of 
12485                                         columns or rows (this is the default value). 
12486             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in 
12487                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are 
12488                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction. 
12489             ==========================  ================================================= 
12491         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12495         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12497     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12499         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int 
12501         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the 
12502         non-flexible direction if there is one. 
12504         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` 
12506         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12508     def GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12510         GetRowHeights(self) -> list 
12512         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the 
12515         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12517     def GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12519         GetColWidths(self) -> list 
12521         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the 
12522         columns in the sizer. 
12524         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12527 class FlexGridSizerPtr(FlexGridSizer
): 
12528     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12530         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12531         self
.__class
__ = FlexGridSizer
 
12532 _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizerPtr
) 
12534 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12536     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons 
12537     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply 
12538     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the 
12539     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer 
12540     will take care of the rest. 
12543     def __repr__(self
): 
12544         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStdDialogButtonSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12545     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12546         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer""" 
12547         newobj 
= _core_
.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12548         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12551     def AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12553         AddButton(self, wxButton button) 
12555         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add` 
12556         method in the base class. 
12558         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12560     def Realize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12564         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added 
12565         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform 
12568         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12570     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12571         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12572         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12574     def SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12575         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12576         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12578     def SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12579         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12580         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12582     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12583         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12584         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12586     def GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12587         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12588         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12590     def GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12591         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12592         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12594     def GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12595         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12596         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12598     def GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12599         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12600         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12603 class StdDialogButtonSizerPtr(StdDialogButtonSizer
): 
12604     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12606         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12607         self
.__class
__ = StdDialogButtonSizer
 
12608 _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizerPtr
) 
12610 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12612 class GBPosition(object): 
12614     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12615     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12616     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12617     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12618     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12620     def __repr__(self
): 
12621         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBPosition instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12622     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12624         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition 
12626         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12627         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12628         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12629         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12630         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12632         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12633         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12636     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_GBPosition
): 
12637         """__del__(self)""" 
12639             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
12642     def GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12643         """GetRow(self) -> int""" 
12644         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12646     def GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12647         """GetCol(self) -> int""" 
12648         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12650     def SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12651         """SetRow(self, int row)""" 
12652         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12654     def SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12655         """SetCol(self, int col)""" 
12656         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12658     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12659         """__eq__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool""" 
12660         return _core_
.GBPosition___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12662     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12663         """__ne__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool""" 
12664         return _core_
.GBPosition___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12666     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12667         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)""" 
12668         return _core_
.GBPosition_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12670     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12671         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
12672         return _core_
.GBPosition_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12674     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
12675     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
12676     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self
.Get()) 
12677     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
12678     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
12679     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
12680         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRow(val
) 
12681         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetCol(val
) 
12682         else: raise IndexError 
12683     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
12684     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
12685     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBPosition
, self
.Get()) 
12687     row 
= property(GetRow
, SetRow
) 
12688     col 
= property(GetCol
, SetCol
) 
12691 class GBPositionPtr(GBPosition
): 
12692     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12694         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12695         self
.__class
__ = GBPosition
 
12696 _core_
.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPositionPtr
) 
12698 class GBSpan(object): 
12700     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of 
12701     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will 
12702     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a 
12703     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span 
12704     nearly transparently in Python code. 
12707     def __repr__(self
): 
12708         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSpan instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12709     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12711         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan 
12713         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and 
12714         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one 
12715         cell in each direction. 
12717         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12718         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12721     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_GBSpan
): 
12722         """__del__(self)""" 
12724             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
12727     def GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12728         """GetRowspan(self) -> int""" 
12729         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12731     def GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12732         """GetColspan(self) -> int""" 
12733         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12735     def SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12736         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)""" 
12737         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12739     def SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12740         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)""" 
12741         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12743     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12744         """__eq__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool""" 
12745         return _core_
.GBSpan___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12747     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12748         """__ne__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool""" 
12749         return _core_
.GBSpan___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12751     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12752         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)""" 
12753         return _core_
.GBSpan_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12755     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12756         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
12757         return _core_
.GBSpan_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12759     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
12760     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
12761     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self
.Get()) 
12762     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
12763     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
12764     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
12765         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRowspan(val
) 
12766         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetColspan(val
) 
12767         else: raise IndexError 
12768     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
12769     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
12770     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBSpan
, self
.Get()) 
12772     rowspan 
= property(GetRowspan
, SetRowspan
) 
12773     colspan 
= property(GetColspan
, SetColspan
) 
12776 class GBSpanPtr(GBSpan
): 
12777     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12779         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12780         self
.__class
__ = GBSpan
 
12781 _core_
.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpanPtr
) 
12783 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem
): 
12785     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about 
12786     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid 
12787     and how many rows or columns it spans. 
12790     def __repr__(self
): 
12791         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12792     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12794         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem 
12796         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
12797         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this 
12798         item can be used in a Sizer. 
12800         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they 
12801         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called. 
12803         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12804         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12807     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_GBSizerItem
): 
12808         """__del__(self)""" 
12810             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
12813     def GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12815         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition 
12817         Get the grid position of the item 
12819         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12821     def GetPosTuple(self
): return self
.GetPos().Get()  
12822     def GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12824         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan 
12826         Get the row and column spanning of the item 
12828         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12830     def GetSpanTuple(self
): return self
.GetSpan().Get()  
12831     def SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12833         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
12835         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
12836         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new 
12837         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is 
12838         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved. 
12840         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12842     def SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12844         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12846         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
12847         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new 
12848         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change 
12849         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized. 
12852         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12854     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12856         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool 
12858         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect. 
12860         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12862     def IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12864         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12866         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item. 
12868         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12870     def GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12872         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition 
12874         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item. 
12876         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12878     def GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12880         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer 
12882         Get the sizer this item is a member of. 
12884         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12886     def SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12888         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer) 
12890         Set the sizer this item is a member of. 
12892         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12895 class GBSizerItemPtr(GBSizerItem
): 
12896     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12898         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12899         self
.__class
__ = GBSizerItem
 
12900 _core_
.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItemPtr
) 
12901 DefaultSpan 
= cvar
.DefaultSpan
 
12903 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12905     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
12906         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12908     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window. 
12910     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12914 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12916     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
12917         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12919     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer 
12921     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12925 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12927     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,  
12928         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12930     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer. 
12932     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12936 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer
): 
12938     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a 
12939     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items 
12940     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more 
12941     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the 
12942     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are 
12943     positioned at, adjusted for spanning. 
12946     def __repr__(self
): 
12947         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridBagSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12948     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12950         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer 
12952         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the 
12955         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GridBagSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12956         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12959         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12961     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12963         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0, 
12964         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
12966         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning 
12967         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining 
12968         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`. 
12970         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell 
12971         position, False if something was already there. 
12974         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12976     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12978         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
12980         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if 
12981         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if 
12982         something was already there. 
12984         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12986     def GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12988         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size 
12990         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and 
12991         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout. 
12993         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12995     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12997         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size 
12999         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
13001         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13003     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13005         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz) 
13007         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
13009         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13011     def GetItemPosition(*args
): 
13013         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition 
13015         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
13016         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
13019         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args
) 
13021     def SetItemPosition(*args
): 
13023         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
13025         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
13026         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
13027         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not 
13028         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
13031         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args
) 
13033     def GetItemSpan(*args
): 
13035         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan 
13037         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
13038         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
13039         zero-based index of an item. 
13041         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args
) 
13043     def SetItemSpan(*args
): 
13045         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool 
13047         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
13048         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
13049         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is 
13050         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
13052         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args
) 
13054     def FindItem(*args
): 
13056         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem 
13058         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if 
13059         not found. (non-recursive) 
13061         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args
) 
13063     def FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13065         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem 
13067         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no 
13068         item at that position. (non-recursive) 
13070         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13072     def FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13074         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem 
13076         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if 
13077         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond 
13078         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for 
13079         layout. (non-recursive) 
13081         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13083     def CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13085         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
13087         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
13088         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap. 
13089         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for 
13090         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
13094         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13096     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13098         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
13100         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
13101         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be 
13102         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked 
13103         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
13106         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13109 class GridBagSizerPtr(GridBagSizer
): 
13110     def __init__(self
, this
): 
13112         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
13113         self
.__class
__ = GridBagSizer
 
13114 _core_
.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizerPtr
) 
13116 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13120 Right 
= _core_
.Right
 
13121 Bottom 
= _core_
.Bottom
 
13122 Width 
= _core_
.Width
 
13123 Height 
= _core_
.Height
 
13124 Centre 
= _core_
.Centre
 
13125 Center 
= _core_
.Center
 
13126 CentreX 
= _core_
.CentreX
 
13127 CentreY 
= _core_
.CentreY
 
13128 Unconstrained 
= _core_
.Unconstrained
 
13130 PercentOf 
= _core_
.PercentOf
 
13131 Above 
= _core_
.Above
 
13132 Below 
= _core_
.Below
 
13133 LeftOf 
= _core_
.LeftOf
 
13134 RightOf 
= _core_
.RightOf
 
13135 SameAs 
= _core_
.SameAs
 
13136 Absolute 
= _core_
.Absolute
 
13137 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object
): 
13139     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as 
13140     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in. 
13141     You will never need to create an instance of 
13142     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a 
13143     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints 
13146     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
13147     def __repr__(self
): 
13148         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIndividualLayoutConstraint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
13149     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13151         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN) 
13153         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the 
13154         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs. 
13156         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13158     def LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13160         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13162         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an 
13163         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the 
13166         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13168     def RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13170         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13172         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an 
13173         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the 
13176         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13178     def Above(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13180         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13182         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional 
13183         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other 
13186         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13188     def Below(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13190         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13192         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional 
13193         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other 
13196         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13198     def SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13200         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0) 
13202         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the 
13203         given window, with an optional margin. 
13205         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13207     def PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13209         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per) 
13211         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given 
13212         window, with an optional margin. 
13214         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13216     def Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13218         Absolute(self, int val) 
13220         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value. 
13222         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13224     def Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13226         Unconstrained(self) 
13228         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on 
13229         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced. 
13231         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13233     def AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13237         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at 
13238         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*, 
13239         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important 
13240         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default 
13241         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the 
13244         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13246     def GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13247         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window""" 
13248         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13250     def GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13251         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int""" 
13252         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13254     def SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13255         """SetEdge(self, int which)""" 
13256         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13258     def SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13259         """SetValue(self, int v)""" 
13260         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13262     def GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13263         """GetMargin(self) -> int""" 
13264         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13266     def SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13267         """SetMargin(self, int m)""" 
13268         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13270     def GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13271         """GetValue(self) -> int""" 
13272         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13274     def GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13275         """GetPercent(self) -> int""" 
13276         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13278     def GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13279         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int""" 
13280         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13282     def GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13283         """GetDone(self) -> bool""" 
13284         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13286     def SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13287         """SetDone(self, bool d)""" 
13288         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13290     def GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13291         """GetRelationship(self) -> int""" 
13292         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13294     def SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13295         """SetRelationship(self, int r)""" 
13296         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13298     def ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13300         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool 
13302         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin 
13304         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13306     def SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13308         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool 
13310         Try to satisfy constraint 
13312         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13314     def GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13316         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int 
13318         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this 
13319         is not determinable, -1. 
13321         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13324 class IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr(IndividualLayoutConstraint
): 
13325     def __init__(self
, this
): 
13327         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
13328         self
.__class
__ = IndividualLayoutConstraint
 
13329 _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr
) 
13331 class LayoutConstraints(Object
): 
13333     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers 
13336     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its 
13337     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent. 
13339     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class 
13340     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed 
13341     directly to set the appropriate constraints. 
13343         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window 
13344         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window 
13345         * top: represents the top edge of the window 
13346         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window 
13347         * width: represents the width of the window 
13348         * height: represents the height of the window 
13349         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window 
13350         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window  
13352     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship 
13353     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by 
13354     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height, 
13355     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a 
13356     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be 
13357     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If 
13358     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed. 
13360     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints` 
13363     def __repr__(self
): 
13364         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxLayoutConstraints instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
13365     left 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_left_get
) 
13366     top 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_top_get
) 
13367     right 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_right_get
) 
13368     bottom 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get
) 
13369     width 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_width_get
) 
13370     height 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_height_get
) 
13371     centreX 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get
) 
13372     centreY 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get
) 
13373     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13374         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints""" 
13375         newobj 
= _core_
.new_LayoutConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13376         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
13379     def SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13380         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)""" 
13381         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13383     def AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13384         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool""" 
13385         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13388 class LayoutConstraintsPtr(LayoutConstraints
): 
13389     def __init__(self
, this
): 
13391         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
13392         self
.__class
__ = LayoutConstraints
 
13393 _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraintsPtr
) 
13395 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13397 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not 
13401     __builtins__
.True = 1==1 
13402     __builtins__
.False = 1==0 
13403     def bool(value
): return not not value
 
13404     __builtins__
.bool = bool 
13408 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names 
13409 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge' 
13410 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider' 
13411 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar' 
13414 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13415 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor 
13416 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets. 
13418 from __version__ 
import * 
13419 __version__ 
= VERSION_STRING
 
13421 assert MAJOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MAJOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13422 assert MINOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MINOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13423 if RELEASE_VERSION 
!= _core_
.RELEASE_VERSION
: 
13425     warnings
.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch") 
13427 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13429 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from 
13430 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We 
13431 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the 
13432 # encoding we need to use as well.) 
13434 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects 
13435 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be 
13436 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be 
13437 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see 
13438 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
13439 # between the common latin/roman encodings. 
13441 default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13442 if default 
== 'ascii': 
13446         default 
= locale
.getdefaultlocale()[1] 
13447         codecs
.lookup(default
) 
13448     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError): 
13449         default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13453     wx
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default
) 
13456 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13458 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError): 
13461 class _wxPyDeadObject(object): 
13463     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__ 
13464     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help 
13465     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer. 
13467     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)" 
13468     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed." 
13470     def __repr__(self
): 
13471         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13472             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13473         return self
.reprStr 
% self
._name
 
13475     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13476         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13477             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13478         raise PyDeadObjectError(self
.attrStr 
% self
._name
) 
13480     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13485 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError): 
13488 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object): 
13490     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is 
13491     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App 
13492     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will 
13493     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an 
13494     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance 
13498     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)" 
13499     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed." 
13501     def __repr__(self
): 
13502         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13503         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13504         return self
.reprStr 
#% self._name 
13506     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13507         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13508         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13509         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self
.attrStr
) # % self._name ) 
13511     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13515 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13517 def CallAfter(callable, *args
, **kw
): 
13519     Call the specified function after the current and pending event 
13520     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI 
13521     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or 
13522     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called. 
13524     :see: `wx.FutureCall` 
13527     assert app 
is not None, 'No wx.App created yet' 
13529     if not hasattr(app
, "_CallAfterId"): 
13530         app
._CallAfterId 
= wx
.NewEventType() 
13531         app
.Connect(-1, -1, app
._CallAfterId
, 
13532                     lambda event
: event
.callable(*event
.args
, **event
.kw
) ) 
13534     evt
.SetEventType(app
._CallAfterId
) 
13535     evt
.callable = callable 
13538     wx
.PostEvent(app
, evt
) 
13540 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13545     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable 
13546     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any 
13547     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is 
13548     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method. 
13550     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer 
13551     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will 
13552     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer 
13553     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when 
13554     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall 
13557     :see: `wx.CallAfter` 
13559     def __init__(self
, millis
, callable, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13560         self
.millis 
= millis
 
13561         self
.callable = callable 
13562         self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13564         self
.running 
= False 
13565         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13574     def Start(self
, millis
=None, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13576         (Re)start the timer 
13578         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13579         if millis 
is not None: 
13580             self
.millis 
= millis
 
13582             self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13584         self
.timer 
= wx
.PyTimer(self
.Notify
) 
13585         self
.timer
.Start(self
.millis
, wx
.TIMER_ONE_SHOT
) 
13586         self
.running 
= True 
13592         Stop and destroy the timer. 
13594         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13599     def GetInterval(self
): 
13600         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13601             return self
.timer
.GetInterval() 
13606     def IsRunning(self
): 
13607         return self
.timer 
is not None and self
.timer
.IsRunning() 
13610     def SetArgs(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13612         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is 
13613         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a 
13614         new call to the same callable object but with different 
13618         self
.kwargs 
= kwargs
 
13624     def GetResult(self
): 
13629         The timer has expired so call the callable. 
13631         if self
.callable and getattr(self
.callable, 'im_self', True): 
13633             self
.running 
= False 
13634             self
.result 
= self
.callable(*self
.args
, **self
.kwargs
) 
13636         if not self
.running
: 
13637             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup 
13638             wx
.CallAfter(self
.Stop
) 
13642 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13643 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc. 
13644 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size 
13645 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects, 
13646 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead 
13647 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods 
13648 # where they should be used. 
13652     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and 
13653     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs. 
13655     def __init__(self
, globals): 
13656         self
._globals 
= globals 
13658     def __call__(self
, name
): 
13660         obj 
= self
._globals
.get(name
, None) 
13661         if type(obj
) not in [type, types
.ClassType
, types
.FunctionType
, types
.BuiltinFunctionType
]: 
13663         if name
.startswith('_') or name
.endswith('Ptr') or name
.startswith('EVT'): 
13667 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13668 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13670 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the 
13671 # "core" wx namespace 
13673 from _windows 
import * 
13674 from _controls 
import * 
13675 from _misc 
import * 
13678 # Fixup the stock objects since they can't be used yet.  (They will be 
13679 # restored in wx.PyApp.OnInit.) 
13680 _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
() 
13682 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13683 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------